[AArch64] Add a "compnum" feature
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
2571583a 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
2571583a 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
2571583a 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 238 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
239 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
240 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
241 [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
243 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
244 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 245 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 246 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 249@c
6387924a 250@c man end
a4fb0134 251@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 252@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 253@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
254@ifset AARCH64
255
256@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
257 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 258 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 259@end ifset
625e1353
RH
260@ifset ALPHA
261
262@emph{Target Alpha options:}
263 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
264 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 265 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
266 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
267 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
268@end ifset
252b5132 269@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
270
271@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
272 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
273 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
274 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 275 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 276 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
277@end ifset
278@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
279
280@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 281@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
282 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
283 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
284 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
285 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 286 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 287 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
288 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
289 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
290 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 291 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 292@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
293@ifset Blackfin
294
295@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
296 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
297 [@b{-mfdpic}]
298 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
299 [@b{-mnopic}]
300@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
301@ifset CRIS
302
303@emph{Target CRIS options:}
304 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
305 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
306 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 307 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
308@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
309@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
310@end ifset
252b5132 311@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
312
313@emph{Target D10V options:}
314 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
315@end ifset
316@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
317
318@emph{Target D30V options:}
319 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 320@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
321@ifset EPIPHANY
322
323@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
324 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
325@end ifset
252b5132 326@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
327
328@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
329 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
330@end ifset
331@ifset HPPA
332@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
333@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
334@ifset I80386
335
336@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 337 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 338 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
339@end ifset
340@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
341
342@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 343@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
344 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
345 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
346 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 347@end ifset
587fe2b3 348@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 349
9e32ca89
NC
350@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
351 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
352 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
353 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 354 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 355 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 356 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
357 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
358@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
359@ifset IP2K
360
361@emph{Target IP2K options:}
362 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
363@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
364@ifset M32C
365
366@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 367 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 368@end ifset
587fe2b3 369@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 370
a4fb0134
SC
371@emph{Target M32R options:}
372 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 373 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 374@end ifset
252b5132 375@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
376
377@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
378 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 379@end ifset
60bcf0fa 380@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
381
382@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 383 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
384 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
385 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 386 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
387 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
388 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
389@end ifset
390@ifset MCORE
391
392@emph{Target MCORE options:}
393 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
394 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 395@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
396@ifset METAG
397
398@emph{Target Meta options:}
399 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
400@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
401@ifset MICROBLAZE
402@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
403@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
404@end ifset
252b5132 405@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
406
407@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 408 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 409 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 410 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
412 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
413 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 414 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 415 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
416 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
417 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 418 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 419 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 420 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 421 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 422 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 423 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 424 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 425 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 426 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 427 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 428 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 429 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 430 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 431 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 432 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 433 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 434 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 435 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 436 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
437 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
438 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 439 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 440 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
441@end ifset
442@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
443
444@emph{Target MMIX options:}
445 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
446 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
447 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 448 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 449@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
450@ifset NIOSII
451
452@emph{Target Nios II options:}
453 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
454 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
455@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
456@ifset NDS32
457
458@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
459 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
460 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
461 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
462 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
463 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
464 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
465 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
466 [@b{-mb2bb}]
467@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
468@ifset PDP11
469
470@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
471 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
472 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 473 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
474@end ifset
475@ifset PJ
476
477@emph{Target picoJava options:}
478 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
479@end ifset
480@ifset PPC
481
482@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
483 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
484 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
485 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 486 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 487 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
a680de9a
PB
488 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
489 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 490 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 491 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
492 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
493 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 494 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 495 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 496@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
497@ifset PRU
498
499@emph{Target PRU options:}
500 [@b{-link-relax}]
501 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
502 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
503@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
504@ifset RL78
505
506@emph{Target RL78 options:}
507 [@b{-mg10}]
508 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
509@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
510@ifset RX
511
512@emph{Target RX options:}
513 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 514 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
515 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
516 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
517 [@b{-mpid}]
518 [@b{-mrelax}]
519 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
520 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 521@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
522@ifset RISCV
523
524@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
2922d21d
AW
525 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
526 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
4f7eddc4 527@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
528@ifset S390
529
530@emph{Target s390 options:}
531 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
532 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
533 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
534@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
535@ifset SCORE
536
537@emph{Target SCORE options:}
538 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
539 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
540 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
541 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
542@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
543@ifset SPARC
544
545@emph{Target SPARC options:}
546@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
547 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
548 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
549 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
550 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
551 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
552 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
553 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
554 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
555 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
556 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
557 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
558 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
559 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 560 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 561 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
562@end ifset
563@ifset TIC54X
564
565@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 566 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
567 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
568@end ifset
40b36596
JM
569@ifset TIC6X
570
571@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
572 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
573 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
574 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 575@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
576@ifset TILEGX
577
578@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 579 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
580@end ifset
581@ifset TILEPRO
582@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
583@end ifset
b6605ddd 584@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 585
b6605ddd
EB
586@emph{Target Visium options:}
587 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
588@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
589@ifset XTENSA
590
591@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
592 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
593 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
594 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
595 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
596 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 597 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 598@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
599@ifset Z80
600
601@emph{Target Z80 options:}
602 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
603 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
604 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
605 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
606 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
607 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
608 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
609@end ifset
a4fb0134 610@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 611
a4fb0134 612@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 613@end ifset
e0001a05 614
0285c67d 615@c man end
252b5132
RH
616@end smallexample
617
0285c67d
NC
618@c man begin OPTIONS
619
a4fb0134 620@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 621@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 622
83f10cb2 623@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
624Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
625
a4fb0134 626@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
627@item -ac
628omit false conditionals
629
630@item -ad
631omit debugging directives
632
83f10cb2
NC
633@item -ag
634include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
635
252b5132
RH
636@item -ah
637include high-level source
638
639@item -al
640include assembly
641
642@item -am
643include macro expansions
644
645@item -an
646omit forms processing
647
648@item -as
649include symbols
650
651@item =file
652set the name of the listing file
653@end table
654
655You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
656listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
657the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
658
caa32fe5 659@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
660Begin in alternate macro mode.
661@ifclear man
662@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
663@end ifclear
caa32fe5 664
955974c6 665@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
666Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
667ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
668linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
669given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 670
151411f8
L
671@ifset ELF
672@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
673@item --compress-debug-sections=none
674@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
675@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
676@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
677These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
678@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
679@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
680@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 681@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 682@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
683@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
684sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
685@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
686@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
687
151411f8
L
688@end ifset
689
955974c6 690@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
691Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
692targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
693override this.
955974c6 694
252b5132
RH
695@item -D
696Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
697other assemblers.
698
3d6b762c
JM
699@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
700When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
701information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
702
252b5132
RH
703@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
704Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
705@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
706indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
707value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
708use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
709
710@item -f
711``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
712compiler output).
713
329e276d
NC
714@item -g
715@itemx --gen-debug
716Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
717debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
718ECOFF or DWARF2.
719
252b5132
RH
720@item --gstabs
721Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
722may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
723
05da4302
NC
724@item --gstabs+
725Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
726extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
727debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
728may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
729the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
730
329e276d 731@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 732Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 733may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 734option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 735
b40bf0a2
NC
736@item --gdwarf-sections
737Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
738.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
739corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
740will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
741@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
742then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
743suffix.
744
b8871f35 745@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
746@item --size-check=error
747@itemx --size-check=warning
748Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
749
b8871f35
L
750@item --elf-stt-common=no
751@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
752These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
753symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
754by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
755@end ifset
756
252b5132
RH
757@item --help
758Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
759
ea20a7da
CC
760@item --target-help
761Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
762
252b5132
RH
763@item -I @var{dir}
764Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
765
766@item -J
767Don't warn about signed overflow.
768
769@item -K
770@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
771This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
772@end ifclear
773@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
774Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
775@end ifset
776
777@item -L
778@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
779Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
780system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
781or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
782@ifclear man
783@xref{Symbol Names}.
784@end ifclear
252b5132 785
c3a27914
NC
786@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
787Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
788listing to @var{number}.
789
790@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
791Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
792lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
793
794@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
795Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
796@var{number} bytes.
797
798@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
799Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
800to @var{number} + 1.
801
2edb36e7
NC
802@item --no-pad-sections
803Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
804of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
805which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
806
252b5132 807@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 808Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
809
810@item -R
811Fold the data section into the text section.
812
d60646b9 813@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
814Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
815@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
816assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
817memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
818requirements at the expense of speed.
819
820@item --reduce-memory-overheads
821This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
822assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
823@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
824
451133ce
NP
825@ifset ELF
826@item --sectname-subst
827Honor substitution sequences in section names.
828@ifclear man
829@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
830@end ifclear
831@end ifset
832
252b5132
RH
833@item --statistics
834Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
835assembly.
836
837@item --strip-local-absolute
838Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
839
840@item -v
841@itemx -version
a4fb0134 842Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
843
844@item --version
a4fb0134 845Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
846
847@item -W
2bdd6cf5 848@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
849Suppress warning messages.
850
2bdd6cf5
GK
851@item --fatal-warnings
852Treat warnings as errors.
853
854@item --warn
855Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
856
252b5132
RH
857@item -w
858Ignored.
859
860@item -x
861Ignored.
862
863@item -Z
864Generate an object file even after errors.
865
866@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
867Standard input, or source files to assemble.
868
869@end table
2a633939
JM
870@c man end
871
a06ea964
NC
872@ifset AARCH64
873
874@ifclear man
875@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
876for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
877@end ifclear
878
879@ifset man
880@c man begin OPTIONS
881The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
88264-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
883@c man end
884@c man begin INCLUDE
885@include c-aarch64.texi
886@c ended inside the included file
887@end ifset
888
889@end ifset
890
2a633939
JM
891@ifset ALPHA
892
893@ifclear man
894@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
895for an Alpha processor.
896@end ifclear
897
898@ifset man
899@c man begin OPTIONS
900The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
901processor.
902@c man end
903@c man begin INCLUDE
904@include c-alpha.texi
905@c ended inside the included file
906@end ifset
907
908@end ifset
252b5132 909
2a633939 910@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 911@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
912The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
913processor.
252b5132 914
a4fb0134 915@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 916@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
917This option selects the core processor variant.
918@item -EB | -EL
919Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
920@item -mcode-density
921Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
922@end table
923@end ifset
924
925@ifset ARM
926The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
927processor family.
928
a4fb0134 929@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 930@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 931Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 932@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 933Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 934@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 935Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
936@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
937Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
938@item -mthumb
939Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 940@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
941Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
942@item -EB | -EL
943Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
944@item -mthumb-interwork
945Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
946ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
947@item -mccs
948Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
949@item -k
950Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
951@end table
952@end ifset
635fb38d 953@c man end
252b5132 954
9982501a 955@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
956
957@ifclear man
958@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
959configured for the Blackfin processor family.
960@end ifclear
961
962@ifset man
963@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
964The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
965the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
966@c man end
967@c man begin INCLUDE
968@include c-bfin.texi
969@c ended inside the included file
970@end ifset
9982501a 971
9982501a
JZ
972@end ifset
973
635fb38d 974@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
975@ifset CRIS
976See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
977@end ifset
978
252b5132
RH
979@ifset D10V
980The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
981a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 982@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
983@cindex D10V optimization
984@cindex optimization, D10V
985@item -O
986Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
987@end table
988@end ifset
989
990@ifset D30V
991The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
992processor.
a4fb0134 993@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
994@cindex D30V optimization
995@cindex optimization, D30V
996@item -O
997Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
998
999@cindex D30V nops
1000@item -n
1001Warn when nops are generated.
1002
1003@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1004@item -N
1005Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1006@end table
1007@end ifset
731caf76
L
1008@c man end
1009
cfb8c092
NC
1010@ifset EPIPHANY
1011The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1012Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1013
56b13185
JR
1014@ifclear man
1015@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1016configured for an Epiphany processor.
1017@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1018
56b13185
JR
1019@ifset man
1020@c man begin OPTIONS
1021The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1022an Epiphany processor.
1023@c man end
1024@c man begin INCLUDE
1025@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1026@c ended inside the included file
1027@end ifset
1028
1029@end ifset
1030
1031@ifset H8300
1032
1033@ifclear man
1034@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1035for an H8/300 processor.
1036@end ifclear
1037
1038@ifset man
1039@c man begin OPTIONS
1040The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1041processor.
1042@c man end
1043@c man begin INCLUDE
1044@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1045@c ended inside the included file
1046@end ifset
cfb8c092 1047
cfb8c092
NC
1048@end ifset
1049
731caf76 1050@ifset I80386
252b5132 1051
731caf76
L
1052@ifclear man
1053@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1054configured for an i386 processor.
1055@end ifclear
1056
1057@ifset man
1058@c man begin OPTIONS
1059The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1060an i386 processor.
1061@c man end
1062@c man begin INCLUDE
1063@include c-i386.texi
1064@c ended inside the included file
1065@end ifset
1066
1067@end ifset
1068
1069@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1070@ifset I960
1071The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1072Intel 80960 processor.
1073
a4fb0134 1074@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1075@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1076Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1077
1078@item -b
1079Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1080
1081@item -no-relax
1082Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1083error if necessary.
1084
1085@end table
1086@end ifset
1087
a40cbfa3
NC
1088@ifset IP2K
1089The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1090Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1091
1092@table @gcctabopt
1093
1094@item -mip2022ext
1095Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1096
1097@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1098Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1099just the basic IP2022 ones.
1100
1101@end table
1102@end ifset
1103
49f58d10
JB
1104@ifset M32C
1105The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1106Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1107
1108@table @gcctabopt
1109
1110@item -m32c
1111Assemble M32C instructions.
1112
1113@item -m16c
1114Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1115
c54b5932
DD
1116@item -relax
1117Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1118
1119@item -h-tick-hex
1120Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1121
49f58d10
JB
1122@end table
1123@end ifset
1124
ec694b89
NC
1125@ifset M32R
1126The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1127Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1128
a4fb0134 1129@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1130
1131@item --m32rx
1132Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1133is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1134
1135@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1136Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1137encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1138
1139@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1140Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1141encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1142
1143@end table
1144@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1145
1146@ifset M680X0
1147The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1148Motorola 68000 series.
1149
a4fb0134 1150@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1151
1152@item -l
1153Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1154
0285c67d
NC
1155@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1156@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1157@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1158Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1159is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1160
1161@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1162The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1163The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1164the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1165two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1166coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1167
1168@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1169The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1170unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1171
1172@end table
1173@end ifset
1174
36591ba1
SL
1175@ifset NIOSII
1176
1177@ifclear man
1178@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1179for an Altera Nios II processor.
1180@end ifclear
1181
1182@ifset man
1183@c man begin OPTIONS
1184The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1185Altera Nios II processor.
1186@c man end
1187@c man begin INCLUDE
1188@include c-nios2.texi
1189@c ended inside the included file
1190@end ifset
1191@end ifset
1192
e135f41b
NC
1193@ifset PDP11
1194
1195For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1196see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1197
a4fb0134 1198@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1199@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1200Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1201default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1202
1203@item -mall
1204@itemx -mall-extensions
1205Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1206
1207@item -mno-extensions
1208Disable all instruction set extensions.
1209
1210@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1211Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1212
1213@item -m@var{cpu}
1214Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1215disable all other extensions.
1216
1217@item -m@var{machine}
1218Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1219model, and disable all other extensions.
1220@end table
1221
1222@end ifset
1223
041dd5a9
ILT
1224@ifset PJ
1225The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1226a picoJava processor.
1227
a4fb0134 1228@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1229
1230@cindex PJ endianness
1231@cindex endianness, PJ
1232@cindex big endian output, PJ
1233@item -mb
1234Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1235
1236@cindex little endian output, PJ
1237@item -ml
1238Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1239
1240@end table
1241@end ifset
1242
93f11b16
DD
1243@ifset PRU
1244
1245@ifclear man
1246@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1247for a PRU processor.
1248@end ifclear
1249
1250@ifset man
1251@c man begin OPTIONS
1252The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1253PRU processor.
1254@c man end
1255@c man begin INCLUDE
1256@include c-pru.texi
1257@c ended inside the included file
1258@end ifset
1259@end ifset
1260
60bcf0fa
NC
1261@ifset M68HC11
1262The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1263Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1264
a4fb0134 1265@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1266
6927f982 1267@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1268Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1269defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1270
6927f982
NC
1271@item --xgate-ramoffset
1272Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1273XGATE address space.
1274
2f904664
SC
1275@item -mshort
1276Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1277
1278@item -mlong
01642c12 1279Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1280
1281@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1282Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1283
1284@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1285Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1286
1370e33d 1287@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1288Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1289conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1290sub routine.
1291
1370e33d
NC
1292@item -S | --short-branches
1293Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1294when the offset is out of range.
1295
1296@item --strict-direct-mode
1297Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1298when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1299
1300@item --print-insn-syntax
1301Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1302
1303@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1304Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1305
1306@item --generate-example
6927f982 1307Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1308This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1309
1310@end table
1311@end ifset
1312
252b5132 1313@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1314The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1315for the SPARC architecture:
1316
a4fb0134 1317@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1318@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1319@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1320Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1321
1322@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1323@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1324
1325@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1326UltraSPARC extensions.
1327
1328@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1329For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1330equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1331
1332@item -bump
1333Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1334@end table
1335@end ifset
1336
39bec121
TW
1337@ifset TIC54X
1338The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1339architecture.
39bec121 1340
a4fb0134 1341@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1342@item -mfar-mode
1343Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1344extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1345@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1346Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1347@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1348Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1349behaviour in the shell.
1350@end table
1351@end ifset
1352
252b5132 1353@ifset MIPS
73201331 1354@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1355The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1356a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1357
a4fb0134 1358@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1359@item -G @var{num}
1360This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1361implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1362use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1363
1364@cindex MIPS endianness
1365@cindex endianness, MIPS
1366@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1367@item -EB
1368Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1369
1370@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1371@item -EL
1372Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1373
1374@cindex MIPS ISA
1375@item -mips1
1376@itemx -mips2
1377@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1378@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1379@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1380@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1381@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1382@itemx -mips32r3
1383@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1384@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1385@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1386@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1387@itemx -mips64r3
1388@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1389@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1390Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1391@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1392alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1393@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1394@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1395@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1396@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1397MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1398Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1399MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1400
98508b2a
RS
1401@item -march=@var{cpu}
1402Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1403
1404@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1405Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1406
1407@item -mfix7000
1408@itemx -mno-fix7000
1409Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1410of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1411
a8d14a88
CM
1412@item -mfix-rm7000
1413@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1414Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1415followed by a load instruction.
1416
ecb4347a
DJ
1417@item -mdebug
1418@itemx -no-mdebug
1419Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1420section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1421
dcd410fe
RO
1422@item -mpdr
1423@itemx -mno-pdr
1424Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1425
437ee9d5
TS
1426@item -mgp32
1427@itemx -mfp32
1428The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1429flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1430all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1431and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1432
351cdf24
MF
1433@item -mgp64
1434@itemx -mfp64
1435The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1436flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1437all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1438and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1439
1440@item -mfpxx
1441The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1442this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1443which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
144432 or 64 bits wide.
1445
1446@item -modd-spreg
1447@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1448Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1449registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1450@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1451
437ee9d5
TS
1452@item -mips16
1453@itemx -no-mips16
1454Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1455@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1456turns off this option.
252b5132 1457
df58fc94
RS
1458@item -mmicromips
1459@itemx -mno-micromips
1460Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1461@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1462turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1463at the start of the assembly file.
1464
e16bfa71
TS
1465@item -msmartmips
1466@itemx -mno-smartmips
1467Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1468equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1469@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1470
1f25f5d3
CD
1471@item -mips3d
1472@itemx -no-mips3d
1473Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1474This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1475@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1476
deec1734
CD
1477@item -mdmx
1478@itemx -no-mdmx
1479Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1480This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1481@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1482
2ef2b9ae
CF
1483@item -mdsp
1484@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1485Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1486This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1487@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1488
8b082fb1
TS
1489@item -mdspr2
1490@itemx -mno-dspr2
1491Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1492This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1493This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1494@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1495
8f4f9071
MF
1496@item -mdspr3
1497@itemx -mno-dspr3
1498Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1499This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1500This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1501@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1502
56d438b1
CF
1503@item -mmsa
1504@itemx -mno-msa
1505Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1506This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1507@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1508
7d64c587
AB
1509@item -mxpa
1510@itemx -mno-xpa
1511Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1512This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1513@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1514
ef2e4d86
CF
1515@item -mmt
1516@itemx -mno-mt
1517Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1518This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1519@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1520
dec0624d
MR
1521@item -mmcu
1522@itemx -mno-mcu
1523Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1524This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1525@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1526
833794fc
MR
1527@item -minsn32
1528@itemx -mno-insn32
1529Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1530microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1531instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1532the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1533option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1534start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1535selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1536
437ee9d5
TS
1537@item --construct-floats
1538@itemx --no-construct-floats
1539The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1540double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1541value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1542the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1543selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1544
3bf0dbfb
MR
1545@item --relax-branch
1546@itemx --no-relax-branch
1547The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1548branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1549out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1550
8b10b0b3
MR
1551@item -mignore-branch-isa
1552@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1553Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1554semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1555most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1556same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1557checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1558modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1559default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1560branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1561
ba92f887
MR
1562@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1563Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1564(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1565
252b5132
RH
1566@cindex emulation
1567@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1568This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1569on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1570removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1571It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1572
1573The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1574@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1575is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1576big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1577preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1578
1579@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1580@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1581the native tools.
1582
252b5132
RH
1583@item --trap
1584@itemx --no-trap
1585@itemx --break
1586@itemx --no-break
1587Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1588@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1589(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1590@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1591break exception.
63486801
L
1592
1593@item -n
a4fb0134 1594When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1595time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1596@end table
73201331 1597@c man end
252b5132
RH
1598@end ifset
1599
1600@ifset MCORE
1601The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1602an MCore processor.
1603
a4fb0134 1604@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1605@item -jsri2bsr
1606@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1607Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1608The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1609
1610@item -sifilter
1611@itemx -nosifilter
1612Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1613The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1614
1615@item -relax
1616Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1617
ec694b89
NC
1618@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1619Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1620can be assembled.
1621
1622@item -EB
1623Assemble for a big endian target.
1624
1625@item -EL
1626Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1627
1628@end table
1629@end ifset
a3c62988 1630@c man end
252b5132 1631
a3c62988
NC
1632@ifset METAG
1633
1634@ifclear man
1635@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1636for a Meta processor.
1637@end ifclear
1638
1639@ifset man
1640@c man begin OPTIONS
1641The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1642Meta processor.
1643@c man end
1644@c man begin INCLUDE
1645@include c-metag.texi
1646@c ended inside the included file
1647@end ifset
1648
1649@end ifset
1650
1651@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1652@ifset MMIX
1653See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1654@end ifset
1655
35c08157
KLC
1656@ifset NDS32
1657
1658@ifclear man
1659@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1660for a NDS32 processor.
1661@end ifclear
1662@c ended inside the included file
1663@end ifset
1664
1665@ifset man
1666@c man begin OPTIONS
1667The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1668NDS32 processor.
1669@c man end
1670@c man begin INCLUDE
1671@include c-nds32.texi
1672@c ended inside the included file
1673@end ifset
1674
635fb38d 1675@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1676@ifset PPC
1677
1678@ifclear man
1679@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1680for a PowerPC processor.
1681@end ifclear
1682
1683@ifset man
1684@c man begin OPTIONS
1685The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1686PowerPC processor.
1687@c man end
1688@c man begin INCLUDE
1689@include c-ppc.texi
1690@c ended inside the included file
1691@end ifset
1692
1693@end ifset
1694
e23eba97
NC
1695@ifset RISCV
1696
1697@ifclear man
1698@xref{RISC-V-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1699for a RISC-V processor.
1700@end ifclear
1701
1702@ifset man
1703@c man begin OPTIONS
1704The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1705RISC-V processor.
1706@c man end
1707@c man begin INCLUDE
1708@include c-riscv.texi
1709@c ended inside the included file
1710@end ifset
1711
1712@end ifset
1713
635fb38d 1714@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1715@ifset RX
1716See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1717@end ifset
1718
11c19e16
MS
1719@ifset S390
1720The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1721processor family.
1722
1723@table @gcctabopt
1724@item -m31
1725@itemx -m64
1726Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1727@item -mesa
1728@item -mzarch
1729Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1730Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1731@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1732Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1733@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1734@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1735@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
64025b4e 1736@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), or @samp{arch12}.
11c19e16
MS
1737@item -mregnames
1738@itemx -mno-regnames
1739Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1740@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1741Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1742but evaluates to zero.
1743@end table
1744@end ifset
2a633939 1745@c man end
11c19e16 1746
40b36596 1747@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1748
1749@ifclear man
1750@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1751for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1752@end ifclear
1753
1754@ifset man
1755@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1756The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1757TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1758@c man end
1759@c man begin INCLUDE
1760@include c-tic6x.texi
1761@c ended inside the included file
1762@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1763
1764@end ifset
1765
aa137e4d
NC
1766@ifset TILEGX
1767
1768@ifclear man
1769@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1770for a TILE-Gx processor.
1771@end ifclear
1772
1773@ifset man
1774@c man begin OPTIONS
1775The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1776processor.
1777@c man end
1778@c man begin INCLUDE
1779@include c-tilegx.texi
1780@c ended inside the included file
1781@end ifset
1782
1783@end ifset
1784
b6605ddd
EB
1785@ifset VISIUM
1786
1787@ifclear man
1788@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1789for a Visium processor.
1790@end ifclear
1791
1792@ifset man
1793@c man begin OPTIONS
1794The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1795processor.
1796@c man end
1797@c man begin INCLUDE
1798@include c-visium.texi
1799@c ended inside the included file
1800@end ifset
1801
1802@end ifset
1803
e0001a05 1804@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1805
2d8b84ae
SA
1806@ifclear man
1807@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1808for an Xtensa processor.
1809@end ifclear
1810
1811@ifset man
1812@c man begin OPTIONS
1813The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1814Xtensa processor.
1815@c man end
1816@c man begin INCLUDE
1817@include c-xtensa.texi
1818@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1819@end ifset
1820
2d8b84ae
SA
1821@end ifset
1822
1823@c man begin OPTIONS
1824
3c9b82ba
NC
1825@ifset Z80
1826The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1827a Z80 family processor.
1828@table @gcctabopt
1829@item -z80
1830Assemble for Z80 processor.
1831@item -r800
1832Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1833@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1834@itemx -Wnud
1835Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1836@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1837@itemx -Wnup
1838Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1839@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1840@itemx -Wud
1841Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1842@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1843@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1844Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1845@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1846@itemx -Fud
1847Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1848@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1849@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1850Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1851@end table
1852@end ifset
1853
0285c67d
NC
1854@c man end
1855
252b5132
RH
1856@menu
1857* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1858* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1859* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1860* Command Line:: Command Line
1861* Input Files:: Input Files
1862* Object:: Output (Object) File
1863* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1864@end menu
1865
1866@node Manual
1867@section Structure of this Manual
1868
1869@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1870This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1871@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1872notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1873@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1874
1875@ifclear GENERIC
1876We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1877configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1878@end ifclear
1879@ifset GENERIC
1880This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1881various flavors of the assembler.
1882@end ifset
1883
1884@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1885On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1886to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1887In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1888architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1889mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1890particular architecture.
1891@ifset GENERIC
1892You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1893machine architecture manual for this information.
1894@end ifset
1895@ifclear GENERIC
1896@ifset H8/300
1897For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1898Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1899Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1900@end ifset
252b5132 1901@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1902For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1903see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1904@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1905@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1906@end ifset
1907@ifset Z8000
1908For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1909@end ifset
1910@end ifclear
1911
1912@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1913@ignore
1914Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1915the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1916Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1917computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1918once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1919qualification.
1920
a4fb0134 1921@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1922human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1923computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1924@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1925@end ignore
1926
1927@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1928@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1929@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1930@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1931@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1932@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1933@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1934@c directives).
1935
1936@node GNU Assembler
1937@section The GNU Assembler
1938
0285c67d
NC
1939@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1940
a4fb0134 1941@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1942@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1943This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1944configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1945@end ifclear
1946If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1947should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1948architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1949including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1950@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1951
1952@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1953@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1954@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1955@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1956assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1957machine would assemble.
1958@ifset VAX
1959Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1960@end ifset
1961@ifset M680X0
1962@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1963@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1964This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1965assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1966incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1967@end ifset
1968
0285c67d
NC
1969@c man end
1970
a4fb0134 1971Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1972program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1973@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1974
1975@node Object Formats
1976@section Object File Formats
1977
1978@cindex object file format
1979The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1980object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1981write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1982are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1983Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1984@ifclear GENERIC
1985@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1986For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1987@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1988@end ifclear
1989@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1990@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1991On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1992@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1993@end ifset
1994@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1995On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1996SOM or ELF format object files.
1997@end ifset
1998@end ifclear
1999
2000@node Command Line
2001@section Command Line
2002
2003@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 2004
a4fb0134 2005After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
2006options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
2007before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
2008significant.
2009
2010@cindex standard input, as input file
2011@kindex --
2012@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2013explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2014
2015@cindex options, command line
2016Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
2017hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2018@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2019option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2020the letter is important. All options are optional.
2021
2022Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2023name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2024with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2025standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2026
2027@smallexample
2028@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2029@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2030@end smallexample
2031
2032@node Input Files
2033@section Input Files
2034
2035@cindex input
2036@cindex source program
2037@cindex files, input
2038We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2039describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2040be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2041doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2042
2043@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2044@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2045The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2046order specified.
2047
0285c67d 2048@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2049Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2050program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2051(The standard input is also a file.)
2052
a4fb0134 2053You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
2054names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
2055command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
2056is taken to be an input file name.
2057
a4fb0134
SC
2058If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2059from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2060may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2061to assemble.
2062
2063Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2064in your command line.
2065
a4fb0134 2066If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2067file.
2068
0285c67d
NC
2069@c man end
2070
252b5132
RH
2071@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2072
2073@cindex input file linenumbers
2074@cindex line numbers, in input files
2075There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2076either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2077number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2078``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2079
2080@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2081to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2082
2083@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2084directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2085error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2086is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2087@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2088@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2089
2090@node Object
2091@section Output (Object) File
2092
2093@cindex object file
2094@cindex output file
2095@kindex a.out
2096@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2097Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
2098your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
2099is the object file. Its default name is
2100@ifclear BOUT
2101@code{a.out}.
2102@end ifclear
2103@ifset BOUT
2104@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 2105@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 2106@end ifset
a4fb0134 2107@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 2108@end ifset
a4fb0134 2109You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2110object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2111reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2112directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2113possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2114
2115@cindex linker
2116@kindex ld
2117The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2118assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2119the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2120information for the debugger.
2121
2122@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2123@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2124
2125@node Errors
2126@section Error and Warning Messages
2127
0285c67d
NC
2128@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2129
a349d9dd 2130@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2131@cindex warning messages
2132@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2133@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2134file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2135runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2136that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2137grave problem that stops the assembly.
2138
0285c67d
NC
2139@c man end
2140
252b5132
RH
2141@cindex format of warning messages
2142Warning messages have the format
2143
2144@smallexample
2145file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2146@end smallexample
2147
2148@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2149@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2150(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2151(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2152@ifset GENERIC
2153(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2154@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2155have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2156in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2157intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2158
2159Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2160directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2161
2162@smallexample
2163 .file 2 "bar.c"
2164 error_assembler_source
2165 .file "foo.c"
2166 .line 30
2167 error_c_source
2168@end smallexample
2169
2170produces this output:
2171
2172@smallexample
2173 Assembler messages:
2174 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2175 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2176@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2177
2178@cindex format of error messages
2179Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2180
252b5132
RH
2181@smallexample
2182file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2183@end smallexample
72e0b254 2184
252b5132
RH
2185The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2186messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2187because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2188
2189@node Invoking
2190@chapter Command-Line Options
2191
2192@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2193This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2194versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2195for options specific
252b5132 2196@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2197to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2198@end ifclear
2199@ifset GENERIC
2200to particular machine architectures.
2201@end ifset
2202
0285c67d
NC
2203@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2204
c1253627 2205If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2206you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2207The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2208by commas. For example:
2209
2210@smallexample
2211gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2212@end smallexample
2213
2214@noindent
2215This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2216standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2217local symbols in the symbol table).
2218
2219Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2220command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2221(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2222precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2223assembler.)
2224
0285c67d
NC
2225@c man end
2226
252b5132 2227@menu
83f10cb2 2228* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2229* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2230* D:: -D for compatibility
2231* f:: -f to work faster
2232* I:: -I for .include search path
2233@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2234* K:: -K for compatibility
2235@end ifclear
2236@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2237* K:: -K for difference tables
2238@end ifset
2239
ba83aca1 2240* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2241* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2242* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2243* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2244* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2245* o:: -o to name the object file
2246* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2247* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2248* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2249* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2250* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2251* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2252@end menu
2253
2254@node a
83f10cb2 2255@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2256
2257@kindex -a
2258@kindex -ac
2259@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2260@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2261@kindex -ah
2262@kindex -al
2263@kindex -an
2264@kindex -as
2265@cindex listings, enabling
2266@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2267
2268These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2269@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2270You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2271@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2272@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2273@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2274High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2275@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2276also.
2277
83f10cb2
NC
2278Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2279information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2280
252b5132
RH
2281Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2282which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2283other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2284omitted from the listing.
2285
2286Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2287listing.
2288
2289Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2290listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2291@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2292@code{.sbttl}.
2293The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2294If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2295listing-control directives have no effect.
2296
2297The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2298@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2299
96e9638b
BW
2300Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2301because it
c3a27914
NC
2302is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2303is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2304directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2305stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2306memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2307
caa32fe5
NC
2308@node alternate
2309@section @option{--alternate}
2310
2311@kindex --alternate
2312Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2313
252b5132 2314@node D
a4fb0134 2315@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2316
2317@kindex -D
2318This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2319likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2320@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2321
2322@node f
a4fb0134 2323@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2324
2325@kindex -f
2326@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2327@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2328@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2329(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2330and comment preprocessing on
2331the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2332,Preprocessing}.
2333
2334@quotation
2335@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2336preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2337not work correctly.
2338@end quotation
2339
2340@node I
c1253627 2341@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2342
2343@kindex -I @var{path}
2344@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2345@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2346@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2347Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2348@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2349directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2350many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2351working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2352searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2353specified (left to right) on the command line.
2354
2355@node K
a4fb0134 2356@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2357
2358@kindex -K
2359@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2360On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2361permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2362where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2363generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2364family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2365alteration on other platforms.
2366@end ifclear
2367
2368@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2369@cindex difference tables, warning
2370@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2371@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2372form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2373You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2374is done.
2375@end ifset
2376
2377@node L
ba83aca1 2378@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2379
2380@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2381@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2382Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2383@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2384called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2385such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2386programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2387notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2388such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2389
2390This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2391in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2392@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2393
c3a27914 2394@node listing
a4fb0134 2395@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2396
2397The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2398@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2399hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2400them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2401directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2402@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2403@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2404@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2405
a4fb0134 2406@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2407@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2408@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2409@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2410Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2411dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2412
2413@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2414@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2415@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2416Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2417a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2418the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2419switch is used the default is to one.
2420
2421@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2422@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2423@cindex Width of source line output
2424Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2425alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2426source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2427
2428@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2429@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2430@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2431Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2432displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2433@end table
2434
252b5132 2435@node M
a4fb0134 2436@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2437
2438@kindex -M
2439@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2440The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2441changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2442compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2443configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2444MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2445information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2446arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2447assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2448
2449The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2450depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2451file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2452individually. These are:
2453
2454@itemize @bullet
2455@item global symbols in common section
2456
2457The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2458Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2459common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2460symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2461symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2462
2463@item complex relocations
2464
2465The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2466relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2467are not support by other object file formats.
2468
2469@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2470
2471The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2472This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2473instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2474script.
2475
2476@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2477
2478The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2479name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2480
2481@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2482
2483The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2484address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2485which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2486not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2487assigned within a linker script.
2488@end itemize
2489
2490There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2491@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2492seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2493
2494@itemize @bullet
2495
2496@item EBCDIC strings
2497
2498EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2499
2500@item packed binary coded decimal
2501
2502Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2503and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2504
2505@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2506
2507The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2508
2509@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2510
2511The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2512
2513@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2514
2515The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2516@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2517relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2518these options serve no purpose.
2519
2520@item @code{OPT} list control options
2521
2522The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2523@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2524@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2525
2526@item other @code{OPT} options
2527
2528The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2529@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2530
2531@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2532
2533The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2534@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2535
2536@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2537
2538The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2539
2540@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2541
2542The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2543
2544@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2545
2546The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2547
2548@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2549
2550The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2551
2552@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2553
2554The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2555
2556@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2557
2558The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2559
2560@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2561
2562The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2563
2564@end itemize
2565
2566@node MD
c1253627 2567@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2568
2569@kindex --MD
2570@cindex dependency tracking
2571@cindex make rules
2572
a4fb0134 2573@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2574file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2575dependencies of the main source file.
2576
2577The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2578
2579This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2580
2edb36e7
NC
2581@node no-pad-sections
2582@section Output Section Padding
2583@kindex --no-pad-sections
2584@cindex output section padding
2585Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2586alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2587memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2588disable this behaviour.
2589
252b5132 2590@node o
a4fb0134 2591@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2592
2593@kindex -o
2594@cindex naming object file
2595@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2596There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2597default it has the name
2598@ifset GENERIC
2599@ifset I960
2600@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2601@end ifset
2602@ifclear I960
2603@file{a.out}.
2604@end ifclear
2605@end ifset
2606@ifclear GENERIC
2607@ifset I960
2608@file{b.out}.
2609@end ifset
2610@ifclear I960
2611@file{a.out}.
2612@end ifclear
2613@end ifclear
2614You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2615object file a different name.
2616
a4fb0134 2617Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2618existing file of the same name.
2619
2620@node R
a4fb0134 2621@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2622
2623@kindex -R
2624@cindex data and text sections, joining
2625@cindex text and data sections, joining
2626@cindex joining text and data sections
2627@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2628@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2629data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2630the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2631section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2632your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2633appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2634
a4fb0134 2635When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2636address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2637data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2638older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2639
c1253627
NC
2640@ifset COFF-ELF
2641When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2642this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2643@samp{.data}.
2644@end ifset
2645
2646@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2647@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2648@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2649@end ifset
2650
2651@node statistics
a4fb0134 2652@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2653
2654@kindex --statistics
2655@cindex statistics, about assembly
2656@cindex time, total for assembly
2657@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2658Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2659@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2660(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2661seconds).
2662
2663@node traditional-format
c1253627 2664@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2665
2666@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2667For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2668from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2669@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2670
2671For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2672@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2673
2674@node v
a4fb0134 2675@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2676
2677@kindex -v
2678@kindex -version
2679@cindex assembler version
2680@cindex version of assembler
2681You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2682option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2683command line.
2684
2685@node W
a4fb0134 2686@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2687
a4fb0134 2688@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2689assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2690cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2691made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2692
c1253627
NC
2693@kindex -W
2694@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2695@cindex suppressing warnings
2696@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2697If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2698This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2699how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2700are still reported.
2701
c1253627 2702@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2703@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2704@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2705If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2706files that generate warnings to be in error.
2707
c1253627 2708@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2709@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2710You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2711causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2712
2713@node Z
a4fb0134 2714@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2715@cindex object file, after errors
2716@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2717After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2718some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2719@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2720option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2721writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2722errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2723
2724@node Syntax
2725@chapter Syntax
2726
2727@cindex machine-independent syntax
2728@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2729This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2730source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2731assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2732@ifclear VAX
2733assembler.
2734@end ifclear
2735@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2736assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2737@end ifset
2738
2739@menu
7c31ae13 2740* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2741* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2742* Comments:: Comments
2743* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2744* Statements:: Statements
2745* Constants:: Constants
2746@end menu
2747
2748@node Preprocessing
2749@section Preprocessing
2750
2751@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2752The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2753@itemize @bullet
2754@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2755@item
2756adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2757the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2758a single space.
2759
2760@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2761@item
2762removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2763appropriate number of newlines.
2764
2765@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2766@item
2767converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2768@end itemize
2769
2770It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2771anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2772do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2773(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2774to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2775@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2776Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2777
2778Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2779cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2780preprocessed.
2781
2782@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2783@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2784@kindex #NO_APP
2785@kindex #APP
2786If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2787@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2788Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2789specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2790text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2791@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2792@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2793and whitespace.
2794
2795@node Whitespace
2796@section Whitespace
2797
2798@cindex whitespace
2799@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2800Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2801people to read. Unless within character constants
2802(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2803as exactly one space.
2804
2805@node Comments
2806@section Comments
2807
2808@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2809There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2810cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2811
2812Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2813This means you may not nest these comments.
2814
2815@smallexample
2816/*
2817 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2818 is to use this sort of comment.
2819*/
2820
2821/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2822@end smallexample
2823
2824@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2825Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2826considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2827specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2828line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2829line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2830comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2831upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2832@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2833
2834If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2835special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2836to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2837
2838@kindex #
2839@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2840@cindex logical line numbers
2841To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2842special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2843expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2844line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2845new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2846
2847If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2848the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2849
2850@smallexample
2851 # This is an ordinary comment.
2852# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2853 # This is logical line # 36.
2854@end smallexample
2855This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2856of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2857
2858@node Symbol Intro
2859@section Symbols
2860
2861@cindex characters used in symbols
2862@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2863A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2864letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2865@samp{_.$}.
2866@end ifclear
2867@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2868@ifclear GENERIC
2869@ifset H8
2870A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2871letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2872@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2873symbol names.)
2874@end ifset
2875@end ifclear
2876@end ifset
2877@ifset GENERIC
2878On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2879are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2880@end ifset
2881No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2882There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2883are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2884beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2885of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2886
2887Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2888cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2889quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2890backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2891@cindex length of symbols
2892
2893@node Statements
2894@section Statements
2895
2896@cindex statements, structure of
2897@cindex line separator character
2898@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2899
2900A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2901@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2902specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2903target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2904The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2905preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2906exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2907
2908@cindex newline, required at file end
2909@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2910It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2911character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2912
2913An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2914
2915@cindex instructions and directives
2916@cindex directives and instructions
2917@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2918@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2919@c 13feb91.
2920A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2921key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2922symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2923symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2924directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2925a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2926assembles into a machine language instruction.
2927@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2928Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2929recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2930represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2931language.@refill
2932@end ifset
2933
2934@cindex @code{:} (label)
2935@cindex label (@code{:})
2936A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2937Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2938have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2939
2940@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2941For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2942the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2943only one label may be defined on each line.
2944@end ifset
2945
2946@smallexample
2947label: .directive followed by something
2948another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2949 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2950@end smallexample
2951
2952@node Constants
2953@section Constants
2954
2955@cindex constants
2956A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2957inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2958@smallexample
2959@group
2960.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2961.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2962.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2963.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
296495028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2965@end group
2966@end smallexample
2967
2968@menu
2969* Characters:: Character Constants
2970* Numbers:: Number Constants
2971@end menu
2972
2973@node Characters
2974@subsection Character Constants
2975
2976@cindex character constants
2977@cindex constants, character
2978There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2979for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2980numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2981@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2982used in arithmetic expressions.
2983
2984@menu
2985* Strings:: Strings
2986* Chars:: Characters
2987@end menu
2988
2989@node Strings
2990@subsubsection Strings
2991
2992@cindex string constants
2993@cindex constants, string
2994A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2995double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2996into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2997a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2998one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2999@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
3000(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
3001escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
3002
3003@cindex escape codes, character
3004@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
3005@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
3006@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
3007@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
3008@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
3009@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
3010@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
3011@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
3012@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
3013@table @kbd
3014@c @item \a
3015@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
3016@c
361fa3a4 3017@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
3018@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
3019@item \b
3020Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
3021
3022@c @item \e
3023@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
3024@c
361fa3a4 3025@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 3026@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 3027@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
3028Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
3029
361fa3a4 3030@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
3031@cindex newline (@code{\n})
3032@item \n
3033Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
3034
3035@c @item \p
3036@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
3037@c
361fa3a4
NC
3038@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3039@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3040@item \r
3041Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3042
3043@c @item \s
3044@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3045@c other assemblers.
3046@c
361fa3a4 3047@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3048@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3049@item \t
3050Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3051
3052@c @item \v
3053@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3054@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3055@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3056@c
361fa3a4 3057@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3058@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3059@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3060An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3061For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3062for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3063
361fa3a4 3064@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3065@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3066@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3067A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3068lower case @code{x} works.
3069
361fa3a4 3070@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3071@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3072@item \\
3073Represents one @samp{\} character.
3074
3075@c @item \'
3076@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3077@c This is needed in single character literals
3078@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3079@c a @samp{'}.
3080@c
361fa3a4 3081@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3082@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3083@item \"
3084Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3085this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3086
3087@item \ @var{anything-else}
3088Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3089assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3090you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3091interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3092other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3093code and warns you of the fact.
3094@end table
3095
3096Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3097varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3098the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3099compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3100sequence.
3101
3102@node Chars
3103@subsubsection Characters
3104
3105@cindex single character constant
3106@cindex character, single
3107@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3108A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3109that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3110@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3111as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3112character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3113the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3114accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3115@ifclear GENERIC
3116@ifclear abnormal-separator
3117(or semicolon @samp{;})
3118@end ifclear
3119@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3120@ifset H8
3121(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3122Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3123@end ifset
3124@end ifset
3125@end ifclear
3126immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3127and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3128constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3129that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3130@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3131
3132@node Numbers
3133@subsection Number Constants
3134
3135@cindex constants, number
3136@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3137@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3138are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3139would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3140integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3141are floating point numbers, described below.
3142
3143@menu
3144* Integers:: Integers
3145* Bignums:: Bignums
3146* Flonums:: Flonums
3147@ifclear GENERIC
3148@ifset I960
3149* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
3150@end ifset
3151@end ifclear
3152@end menu
3153
3154@node Integers
3155@subsubsection Integers
3156@cindex integers
3157@cindex constants, integer
3158
3159@cindex binary integers
3160@cindex integers, binary
3161A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3162the binary digits @samp{01}.
3163
3164@cindex octal integers
3165@cindex integers, octal
3166An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3167digits (@samp{01234567}).
3168
3169@cindex decimal integers
3170@cindex integers, decimal
3171A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3172more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3173
3174@cindex hexadecimal integers
3175@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3176A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3177more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3178
3179Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3180the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3181(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3182
3183@node Bignums
3184@subsubsection Bignums
3185
3186@cindex bignums
3187@cindex constants, bignum
3188A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3189except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3190represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3191integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3192
3193@node Flonums
3194@subsubsection Flonums
3195@cindex flonums
3196@cindex floating point numbers
3197@cindex constants, floating point
3198
3199@cindex precision, floating point
3200A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3201indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3202@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3203sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3204to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3205portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3206
3207A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3208@itemize @bullet
3209@item
3210The digit @samp{0}.
3211@ifset HPPA
3212(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3213@end ifset
3214
3215@item
a4fb0134 3216A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3217@ifset GENERIC
3218@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3219@ignore
3220@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3221(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
32224.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3223@end ignore
3224
7be1c489 3225On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3226and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3227one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3228
3229On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3230(in upper or lower case).
3231
3232On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3233one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3234
3235On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3236@end ifset
3237@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3238@ifset ARC
3239One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3240@end ifset
3241@ifset H8
3242One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3243@end ifset
3244@ifset HPPA
3245The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3246@end ifset
3247@ifset I960
3248One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3249@end ifset
3250@end ifclear
3251
3252@item
3253An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3254
3255@item
3256An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3257
3258@item
3259An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3260or more decimal digits.
3261
3262@item
3263An optional exponent, consisting of:
3264
3265@itemize @bullet
3266@item
3267An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3268@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3269@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3270@item
3271Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3272@item
3273One or more decimal digits.
3274@end itemize
3275
3276@end itemize
3277
3278At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3279present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3280
a4fb0134 3281@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3282independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3283@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3284
3285@ifclear GENERIC
3286@ifset I960
3287@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3288@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3289@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3290@node Bit Fields
3291@subsubsection Bit Fields
3292
3293@cindex bit fields
3294@cindex constants, bit field
3295You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3296Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3297@example
3298@var{mask}:@var{value}
3299@end example
3300@noindent
a4fb0134 3301@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3302@var{value}.
3303
3304The resulting number is then packed
3305@ifset GENERIC
3306@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3307(in host-dependent byte order)
3308@end ifset
3309into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3310bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3311requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3312more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3313least significant digits.@refill
3314
3315The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3316@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3317@end ifset
3318@end ifclear
3319
3320@node Sections
3321@chapter Sections and Relocation
3322@cindex sections
3323@cindex relocation
3324
3325@menu
3326* Secs Background:: Background
3327* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3328* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3329* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3330* bss:: bss Section
3331@end menu
3332
3333@node Secs Background
3334@section Background
3335
3336Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3337``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3338For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3339
3340@cindex linker, and assembler
3341@cindex assembler, and linker
3342The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3343combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3344emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3345@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3346different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3347oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3348sections.
3349
3350@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3351addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3352units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3353within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3354run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3355the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3356the proper run-time addresses.
3357@ifset H8
7be1c489 3358For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3359@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3360ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3361@end ifset
3362
3363@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3364An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3365of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3366@dfn{bss} sections.
3367
c1253627 3368@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3369@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3370When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3371@end ifset
a4fb0134 3372@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3373using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3374If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3375or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3376@end ifset
3377
3378@ifset HPPA
3379@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3380When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3381@end ifset
a4fb0134 3382@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3383specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3384@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3385(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3386assembler directives.
3387
3388@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3389Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3390text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3391is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3392BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3393@end ifset
3394@end ifset
3395
3396Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3397data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3398
3399@ifset HPPA
3400When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3401section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3402@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3403@end ifset
3404
3405To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3406relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3407object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3408@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3409file is mentioned:
3410@itemize @bullet
3411@item
3412Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3413an address?
3414@item
3415How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3416@item
3417Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3418@display
3419(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3420@end display
3421@item
3422Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3423@end itemize
3424
3425@cindex addresses, format of
3426@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3427In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3428@display
3429(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3430@end display
3431@noindent
a4fb0134 3432Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3433nature.
3434@ifset SOM
3435(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3436symbol-relative instead.)
3437@end ifset
3438
3439In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3440@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3441
3442Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3443@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3444addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3445@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3446@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3447data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3448their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3449part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3450address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3451
3452The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3453address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3454rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3455Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3456address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3457common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3458time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3459
3460By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3461the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3462sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3463customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3464the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3465data and bss sections.
3466
3467Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3468use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3469
3470@node Ld Sections
3471@section Linker Sections
3472@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3473
3474@table @strong
3475
c1253627 3476@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3477@cindex named sections
3478@cindex sections, named
3479@item named sections
3480@end ifset
3481@ifset aout-bout
3482@cindex text section
3483@cindex data section
3484@itemx text section
3485@itemx data section
3486@end ifset
a4fb0134 3487These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3488separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3489true of another.
3490@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3491When the program is running, however, it is
3492customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3493text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3494instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3495program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3496in the data section.
c1253627 3497@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3498
3499@cindex bss section
3500@item bss section
3501This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3502is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3503each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3504out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3505bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3506those explicit zeros from object files.
3507
3508@cindex absolute section
3509@item absolute section
3510Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3511This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3512not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3513addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3514
3515@cindex undefined section
3516@item undefined section
3517This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3518the preceding sections.
3519@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3520@end table
3521
3522@cindex relocation example
3523An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3524@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3525The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3526@end ifset
3527Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3528
3529@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3530@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3531@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3532@smallexample
3533 +-----+----+--+
3534partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3535 +-----+----+--+
3536
3537 text data bss
3538 seg. seg. seg.
3539
3540 +---+---+---+
3541partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3542 +---+---+---+
3543
3544 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3545linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3546 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3547
3548 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3549@end smallexample
3550@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3551@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3552@need 5000
3553@tex
c1253627 3554\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3555\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3556\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3557\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3558
3559\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3560\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3561\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3562
3563\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3564\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3565\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3566ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3567DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3568
3569\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3570\line{0\dots\hfil}
3571
3572@end tex
3573@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3574
3575@node As Sections
3576@section Assembler Internal Sections
3577
3578@cindex internal assembler sections
3579@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3580These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3581have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3582sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3583warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3584meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3585value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3586section-relative address.
3587
3588@table @b
3589@cindex assembler internal logic error
3590@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3591An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3592bug in the assembler.
3593
3594@cindex expr (internal section)
3595@item expr section
3596The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3597symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3598it in the expr section.
3599@c FIXME item debug
3600@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3601@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3602@c FIXME item register
3603@end table
3604
3605@node Sub-Sections
3606@section Sub-Sections
3607
3608@cindex numbered subsections
3609@cindex grouping data
3610@ifset aout-bout
3611Assembled bytes
c1253627 3612@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3613conventionally
3614@end ifset
3615fall into two sections: text and data.
3616@end ifset
3617You may have separate groups of
3618@ifset GENERIC
3619data in named sections
3620@end ifset
3621@ifclear GENERIC
3622@ifclear aout-bout
3623data in named sections
3624@end ifclear
3625@ifset aout-bout
3626text or data
3627@end ifset
3628@end ifclear
3629that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3630are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3631use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3632numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3633same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3634subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3635section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3636assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3637section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3638constants being output.
3639
3640Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3641goes in subsection number zero.
3642
3643@ifset GENERIC
3644Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3645(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3646of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3647@end ifset
3648@ifclear GENERIC
3649@ifset H8
7be1c489 3650On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3651boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3652The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3653@end ifset
3654@ifset I960
3655@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3656@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3657@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3658@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3659@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3660@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3661@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3662@end ifclear
3663
3664Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3665to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3666The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3667other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3668They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3669data subsections as a data section.
3670
3671To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3672into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3673@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3674@ifset COFF
252b5132 3675@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3676When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3677@end ifset
3678@ifclear GENERIC
3679You
3680@end ifclear
3681can also use an extra subsection
3682argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3683@var{expression}}.
3684@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3685@ifset ELF
3686@ifset GENERIC
3687When generating ELF output, you
3688@end ifset
3689@ifclear GENERIC
3690You
3691@end ifclear
3692can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3693to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3694@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3695@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3696(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3697is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3698begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3699@smallexample
3700.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3701.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3702.text 1
3703.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3704.data 0
3705.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3706.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3707.text 0
3708.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3709.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3710@end smallexample
3711
3712Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3713assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3714restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3715counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3716@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3717current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3718assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3719
3720@node bss
3721@section bss Section
3722
3723@cindex bss section
3724@cindex common variable storage
3725The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3726You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3727not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3728your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3729section are zeroed bytes.
3730
3731The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3732@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3733
3734The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3735another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3736
3737@ifset GENERIC
3738When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3739COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3740see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3741section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3742@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3743@end ifset
3744
3745@node Symbols
3746@chapter Symbols
3747
3748@cindex symbols
3749Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3750things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3751to debug.
3752
3753@quotation
3754@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3755@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3756the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3757@end quotation
3758
3759@menu
3760* Labels:: Labels
3761* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3762* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3763* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3764* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3765@end menu
3766
3767@node Labels
3768@section Labels
3769
3770@cindex labels
3771A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3772@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3773active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3774operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3775different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3776definitions.
3777
3778@ifset HPPA
3779On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3780colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3781a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3782provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3783@end ifset
3784
3785@node Setting Symbols
3786@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3787
3788@cindex assigning values to symbols
3789@cindex symbol values, assigning
3790A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3791by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3792(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3793directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3794equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3795@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3796
f8739b83
JZ
3797@ifset Blackfin
3798Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3799@end ifset
3800
252b5132
RH
3801@node Symbol Names
3802@section Symbol Names
3803
3804@cindex symbol names
3805@cindex names, symbol
3806@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3807Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3808machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3809noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3810string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3811particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3812@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3813@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3814@ifset H8
3815Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3816Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3817character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3818on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3819@end ifset
3820@end ifset
3821
3822Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3823than @code{Foo}.
3824
ed1fcdd1
NC
3825Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3826Local Labels. See below.
3827
7bfd842d
NC
3828Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3829multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3830@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3831currently supported.
3832
252b5132
RH
3833Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3834refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3835in a program.
3836
3837@subheading Local Symbol Names
3838
3839@cindex local symbol names
3840@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3841A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3842By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3843@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3844set of local label prefixes.
3845@ifset HPPA
3846On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3847@end ifset
3848
3849Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3850normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3851You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3852to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3853
3854@subheading Local Labels
3855
3856@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3857@cindex temporary symbol names
3858@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3859Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3860programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3861be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3862referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3863the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3864To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3865@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3866to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3867stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3868
3869There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3870too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3871the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3872defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3873definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3874noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3875implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3876
3877Here is an example:
3878
3879@smallexample
38801: branch 1f
38812: branch 1b
38821: branch 2f
38832: branch 1b
3884@end smallexample
3885
3886Which is the equivalent of:
3887
3888@smallexample
3889label_1: branch label_3
3890label_2: branch label_1
3891label_3: branch label_4
3892label_4: branch label_3
3893@end smallexample
3894
ba83aca1 3895Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3896transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3897The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3898are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3899these parts:
252b5132
RH
3900
3901@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3902@item @emph{local label prefix}
3903All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3904Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3905that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3906used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3907@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3908object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3909you may use them in debugging.
3910
2d5aaba0
NC
3911@item @var{number}
3912This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3913label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3914
2d5aaba0
NC
3915@item @kbd{C-B}
3916This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3917of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3918
3919@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3920This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3921@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3922number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3923the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3924@end table
3925
ba83aca1
BW
3926So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3927the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3928
3929@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3930@cindex dollar local symbols
3931
ed1fcdd1
NC
3932On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3933local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3934become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3935valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3936by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3937by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3938
3939Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3940except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3941@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3942
3943They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3944names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3945to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3946@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3947
3948@node Dot
3949@section The Special Dot Symbol
3950
3951@cindex dot (symbol)
3952@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3953@cindex current address
3954@cindex location counter
3955The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3956@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3957.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3958Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3959directive.
252b5132 3960@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3961Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3962@samp{.space 4}.
3963@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3964
3965@node Symbol Attributes
3966@section Symbol Attributes
3967
3968@cindex symbol attributes
3969@cindex attributes, symbol
3970Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3971``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3972attributes.
3973@ifset INTERNALS
3974The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3975@end ifset
3976
a4fb0134 3977If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3978all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3979symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3980would want.
3981
3982@menu
3983* Symbol Value:: Value
3984* Symbol Type:: Type
3985@ifset aout-bout
3986@ifset GENERIC
3987* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3988@end ifset
3989@ifclear GENERIC
3990@ifclear BOUT
3991* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3992@end ifclear
3993@ifset BOUT
3994* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3995@end ifset
3996@end ifclear
3997@end ifset
3998@ifset COFF
3999* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
4000@end ifset
4001@ifset SOM
4002* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
4003@end ifset
4004@end menu
4005
4006@node Symbol Value
4007@subsection Value
4008
4009@cindex value of a symbol
4010@cindex symbol value
4011The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
4012location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
4013number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
4014Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
4015as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
4016symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
4017called absolute.
4018
4019The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
40200 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
4021@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
4022same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
4023name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
4024common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
4025bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
4026allocated storage.
4027
4028@node Symbol Type
4029@subsection Type
4030
4031@cindex type of a symbol
4032@cindex symbol type
4033The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
4034information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
4035(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
4036format depends on the object-code output format in use.
4037
4038@ifset aout-bout
4039@ifclear GENERIC
4040@ifset BOUT
4041@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
4042@c better if it were available outside examples.
4043@need 1000
4044@node a.out Symbols
4045@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
4046
4047@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
4048@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4049These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
4050one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
4051@code{b.out}.
4052
4053@end ifset
4054@ifclear BOUT
4055@node a.out Symbols
4056@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4057
4058@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4059@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4060
4061@end ifclear
4062@end ifclear
4063@ifset GENERIC
4064@node a.out Symbols
4065@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4066
4067@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4068@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4069
4070@end ifset
4071@menu
4072* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4073* Symbol Other:: Other
4074@end menu
4075
4076@node Symbol Desc
4077@subsubsection Descriptor
4078
4079@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4080This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4081descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4082(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4083@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4084
4085@node Symbol Other
4086@subsubsection Other
4087
4088@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4089This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4090@end ifset
4091
4092@ifset COFF
4093@node COFF Symbols
4094@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4095
4096@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4097@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4098
4099The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4100like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4101@code{.endef} directives.
4102
4103@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4104
4105@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4106The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4107respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4108
4109@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4110
4111@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4112The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4113@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4114table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4115@end ifset
4116
4117@ifset SOM
4118@node SOM Symbols
4119@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4120
4121@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4122@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4123
4124The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4125the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4126
01642c12 4127The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4128Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4129@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4130@end ifset
4131
4132@node Expressions
4133@chapter Expressions
4134
4135@cindex expressions
4136@cindex addresses
4137@cindex numeric values
4138An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4139Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4140
4141The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4142a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4143enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4144section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4145the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4146@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4147
4148@menu
4149* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4150* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4151@end menu
4152
4153@node Empty Exprs
4154@section Empty Expressions
4155
4156@cindex empty expressions
4157@cindex expressions, empty
4158An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4159Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4160expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4161is compatible with other assemblers.
4162
4163@node Integer Exprs
4164@section Integer Expressions
4165
4166@cindex integer expressions
4167@cindex expressions, integer
4168An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4169by @emph{operators}.
4170
4171@menu
4172* Arguments:: Arguments
4173* Operators:: Operators
4174* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4175* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4176@end menu
4177
4178@node Arguments
4179@subsection Arguments
4180
4181@cindex expression arguments
4182@cindex arguments in expressions
4183@cindex operands in expressions
4184@cindex arithmetic operands
4185@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4186contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4187this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4188the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4189expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4190instruction operands.
4191
4192Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4193@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4194or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4195integer.
4196
4197Numbers are usually integers.
4198
4199A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4200that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4201these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4202instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4203assemblers.
4204
4205@cindex subexpressions
4206Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4207expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4208operator followed by an argument.
4209
4210@node Operators
4211@subsection Operators
4212
4213@cindex operators, in expressions
4214@cindex arithmetic functions
4215@cindex functions, in expressions
4216@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4217operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4218between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4219whitespace.
4220
4221@node Prefix Ops
4222@subsection Prefix Operator
4223
4224@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4225@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4226one argument, which must be absolute.
4227
4228@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4229@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4230@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4231@tex
4232\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4233@end tex
4234
4235@table @code
4236@item -
4237@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4238@item ~
4239@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4240@end table
4241
4242@tex
4243\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4244@end tex
4245
4246@node Infix Ops
4247@subsection Infix Operators
4248
4249@cindex infix operators
4250@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4251@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4252have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4253to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4254absolute, and the result is absolute.
4255
4256@enumerate
4257@cindex operator precedence
4258@cindex precedence of operators
4259
4260@item
4261Highest Precedence
4262
4263@table @code
4264@item *
4265@dfn{Multiplication}.
4266
4267@item /
4268@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4269
4270@item %
4271@dfn{Remainder}.
4272
d1eac9d9 4273@item <<
252b5132
RH
4274@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4275
d1eac9d9 4276@item >>
252b5132
RH
4277@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4278@end table
4279
4280@item
4281Intermediate precedence
4282
4283@table @code
4284@item |
4285
4286@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4287
4288@item &
4289@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4290
4291@item ^
4292@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4293
4294@item !
4295@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4296@end table
4297
4298@item
b131d4dc 4299Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4300
4301@table @code
4302@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4303@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4304@cindex arguments for addition
4305@item +
4306@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4307the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4308sections.
4309
4310@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4311@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4312@cindex arguments for subtraction
4313@item -
4314@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4315result has the section of the left argument.
4316If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4317You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4318@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4319
4320@cindex comparison expressions
4321@cindex expressions, comparison
4322@item ==
4323@dfn{Is Equal To}
4324@item <>
723a8472 4325@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4326@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4327@item <
4328@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4329@item >
b131d4dc 4330@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4331@item >=
b131d4dc 4332@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4333@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4334@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4335
4336The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4337value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4338perform signed comparisons.
4339@end table
4340
4341@item Lowest Precedence
4342
4343@table @code
4344@item &&
4345@dfn{Logical And}.
4346
4347@item ||
4348@dfn{Logical Or}.
4349
4350These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4351expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4352value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4353or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4354
252b5132
RH
4355@end table
4356@end enumerate
4357
4358In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4359address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4360
4361@node Pseudo Ops
4362@chapter Assembler Directives
4363
4364@cindex directives, machine independent
4365@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4366@cindex machine independent directives
4367All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4368The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4369in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4370
4371This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4372target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4373@ifset GENERIC
4374Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4375@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4376@end ifset
4377@ifclear GENERIC
4378@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4379@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4380@end ifset
4381@end ifclear
4382
4383@menu
4384* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4385@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4386* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4387@end ifset
f0dc282c 4388
252b5132 4389* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4390* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4391* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4392* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4393* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4394* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4395* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4396* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4397* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4398* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4399@ifset COFF
4400* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4401@end ifset
4402@ifset aout-bout
4403* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4404@end ifset
4405@ifset COFF
4406* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4407@end ifset
f0dc282c 4408
252b5132
RH
4409* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4410* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4411* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4412* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4413* End:: @code{.end}
4414@ifset COFF
4415* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4416@end ifset
f0dc282c 4417
252b5132
RH
4418* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4419* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4420* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4421* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4422* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4423* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4424* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4425* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4426* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4427* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4428* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4429* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4430* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4431* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4432* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4433@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4434* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4435* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4436@end ifset
f0dc282c 4437
252b5132
RH
4438* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4439* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4440* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4441* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4442* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4443* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4444@ifset ELF
4445* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4446@end ifset
f0dc282c 4447
252b5132
RH
4448* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4449* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4450* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4451* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4452@ifclear no-line-dir
4453* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4454@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4455
252b5132
RH
4456* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4457* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4458* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4459* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4460* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4461@ifset ELF
4462* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4463@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4464
252b5132
RH
4465* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4466@ignore
4467* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4468@end ignore
f0dc282c 4469
252b5132
RH
4470* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4471* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4472* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4473* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4474* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4475* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4476* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4477* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4478@ifset ELF
4479* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4480* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4481@end ifset
f0dc282c 4482
252b5132 4483* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4484@ifset ELF
4485* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4486@end ifset
f0dc282c 4487
252b5132
RH
4488* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4489* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4490@ifset ELF
4491* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4492@end ifset
f0dc282c 4493
252b5132 4494* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4495* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4496* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4497* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4498@ifset COFF
4499* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4500@end ifset
4501@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4502* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4503@end ifset
f0dc282c 4504
252b5132
RH
4505* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4506* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4507* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4508@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4509* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4510@end ifset
884f0d36 4511@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4512* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4513@end ifclear
4514
252b5132 4515* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4516@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4517* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4518@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4519@ifset have-stabs
4520* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4521@end ifset
f0dc282c 4522
38a57ae7 4523* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4524* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4525@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4526* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4527* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4528@end ifset
f0dc282c 4529
252b5132
RH
4530@ifset COFF
4531* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4532@end ifset
f0dc282c 4533
252b5132
RH
4534* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4535* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4536@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4537* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4538@end ifset
4539
c91d2e08 4540* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4541@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4542* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4543@end ifset
f0dc282c 4544
2e13b764 4545@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4546* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4547* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4548* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4549@end ifset
f0dc282c 4550
d190d046 4551* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4552* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4553* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4554* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4555@ifclear no-space-dir
4556* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4557@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4558* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4559@end menu
4560
4561@node Abort
4562@section @code{.abort}
4563
4564@cindex @code{abort} directive
4565@cindex stopping the assembly
4566This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4567compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4568assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4569of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4570quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4571
4572@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4573@node ABORT (COFF)
4574@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4575
4576@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4577When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4578synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4579
4580@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4581When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4582but ignores it.
4583@end ifset
4584@end ifset
4585
4586@node Align
4587@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4588
4589@cindex padding the location counter
4590@cindex @code{align} directive
4591Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4592boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4593required, as described below.
4594
4595The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4596padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4597padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4598marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4599with no-op instructions.
4600
4601The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4602it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4603directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4604specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4605fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4606required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4607with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4608
4609The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4610For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4611s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4612alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4613the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4614is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4615first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4616
9e9a9798 4617For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4618strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4619number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4620advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4621counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4622multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4623
4624This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4625native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4626GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4627described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4628architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4629
ccf8a69b
BW
4630@node Altmacro
4631@section @code{.altmacro}
4632Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4633
4634@ftable @code
4635@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4636One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4637generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4638replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4639replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4640separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4641define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4642
4643@item String delimiters
4644You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4645@code{"@var{string}"}:
4646
4647@table @code
4648@item '@var{string}'
4649You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4650
4651@item <@var{string}>
4652You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4653@end table
4654
4655@item single-character string escape
4656To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4657character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4658character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4659write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4660
4661@item Expression results as strings
4662You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4663and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4664@end ftable
4665
252b5132
RH
4666@node Ascii
4667@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4668
4669@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4670@cindex string literals
4671@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4672separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4673trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4674
4675@node Asciz
4676@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4677
4678@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4679@cindex zero-terminated strings
4680@cindex null-terminated strings
4681@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4682a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4683
4684@node Balign
4685@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4686
4687@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4688@cindex @code{balign} directive
4689Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4690storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4691alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4692the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4693is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4694
4695The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4696padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4697padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4698marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4699with no-op instructions.
4700
4701The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4702it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4703directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4704specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4705fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4706required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4707with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4708
4709@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4710@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4711The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4712@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4713pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4714fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
47154,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4716filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4717the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4718undefined.
4719
fa94de6b 4720@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4721@section Bundle directives
4722@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4723@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4724@cindex bundle
4725@cindex instruction bundle
4726@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4727@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4728bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4729into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4730disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4731gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4732@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4733
4734For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4735certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4736instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4737@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4738chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4739effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4740instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4741that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4742end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4743starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4744instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4745
d3b47e2b 4746@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4747@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4748@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4749The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4750allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4751are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4752aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4753@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4754directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4755
4756@cindex bundle-locked
4757For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4758appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4759instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4760and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4761instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4762sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4763@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4764entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4765boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4766first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4767aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4768bundle size.
4769
d416e51d
RM
4770For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4771inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4772nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4773@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4774matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4775same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4776
252b5132
RH
4777@node Byte
4778@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4779
4780@cindex @code{byte} directive
4781@cindex integers, one byte
4782@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4783Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4784
54cfded0 4785@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4786@section CFI directives
4787@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4788@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4789@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4790should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4791If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4792if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4793To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4794directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4795
2f0c68f2
CM
4796On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4797by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4798
bd5608dc
NC
4799Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4800which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4801
4802The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4803arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4804generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4805redefine it will result in an error.
4806
d3b47e2b 4807@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4808@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4809@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4810should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4811data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4812@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4813
01642c12 4814Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4815it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4816
d3b47e2b 4817@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4818@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4819@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4820unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4821@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4822
d3b47e2b 4823@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4824@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4825@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4826@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4827should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4828argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4829a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4830the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4831can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4832The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4833no personality routine.
4834
2f0c68f2
CM
4835@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4836@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4837@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4838defined in a compact unwinding format.
4839Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4840with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4841
4842@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4843@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4844@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4845used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4846@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4847in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4848Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4849with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4850
d3b47e2b 4851@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4852@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4853@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4854should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4855argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4856or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4857meaning that no LSDA is present.
4858
4859@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4860@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4861switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4862Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4863Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4864with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4865
4866The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4867so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4868referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4869in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4870by a section directive.
4871
4872The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4873The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4874@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4875
d3b47e2b 4876@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4877@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4878address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4879
d3b47e2b 4880@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4881@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4882now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4883remains the same.
4884
d3b47e2b 4885@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4886@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4887remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4888absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4889CFA address.
4890
d3b47e2b 4891@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4892Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4893value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4894
d3b47e2b 4895@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4896Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4897CFA.
54cfded0 4898
084303b8
AK
4899@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4900Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4901
d3b47e2b 4902@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4903Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4904the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4905using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4906This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4907code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4908
d3b47e2b 4909@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4910Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4911
d3b47e2b 4912@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4913@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4914same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4915instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4916
d3b47e2b 4917@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4918From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4919
d3b47e2b 4920@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4921Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4922i.e. no restoration needed.
4923
48eac74c
MG
4924@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4925@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4926implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4927places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4928multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4929flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4930the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4931
4932@smallexample
4933 je label
4934 popq %rbx
4935 .cfi_restore %rbx
4936 popq %r12
4937 .cfi_restore %r12
4938 popq %rbp
4939 .cfi_restore %rbp
4940 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4941 ret
4942label:
4943 /* Do something else */
4944@end smallexample
4945
4946Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4947to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4948@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4949locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4950@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4951we can write:
4952
4953@smallexample
4954 je label
4955 popq %rbx
4956 .cfi_remember_state
4957 .cfi_restore %rbx
4958 popq %r12
4959 .cfi_restore %r12
4960 popq %rbp
4961 .cfi_restore %rbp
4962 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4963 ret
4964label:
4965 .cfi_restore_state
4966 /* Do something else */
4967@end smallexample
4968
4969That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4970as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4971@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4972
d3b47e2b 4973@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4974Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4975directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4976
d3b47e2b 4977@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4978Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4979
d3b47e2b 4980@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4981SPARC register window has been saved.
4982
d3b47e2b 4983@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4984Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4985might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4986opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4987
d3b47e2b 4988@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4989The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4990will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4991description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4992
4993The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4994limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4995mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4996by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4997or another register.
4998
ccf8a69b
BW
4999@node Comm
5000@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 5001
ccf8a69b
BW
5002@cindex @code{comm} directive
5003@cindex symbol, common
5004@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
5005common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
5006of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
5007definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
5008allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
5009absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
5010the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
5011using the largest size.
07a53e5c 5012
c1711530
DK
5013@ifset COFF-ELF
5014When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 5015an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
5016specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
5017that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
5018as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 5019boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 5020power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 5021common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 5022alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 5023largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
5024maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
5025is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
5026@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
5027multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
5028It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
5029(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 5030@end ifset
cd1fcb49 5031
ccf8a69b
BW
5032@ifset HPPA
5033The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5034@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5035@end ifset
07a53e5c 5036
252b5132
RH
5037@node Data
5038@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
5039
5040@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 5041@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
5042end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
5043absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
5044to zero.
5045
5046@ifset COFF
5047@node Def
5048@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5049
5050@cindex @code{def} directive
5051@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5052@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5053Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5054definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
5055@ifset BOUT
5056
a4fb0134 5057This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
5058format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
5059but ignored.
5060@end ifset
5061@end ifset
5062
5063@ifset aout-bout
5064@node Desc
5065@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5066
5067@cindex @code{desc} directive
5068@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5069@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5070This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5071to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5072
5073@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5074The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5075configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5076object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5077it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5078@end ifset
5079@end ifset
5080
5081@ifset COFF
5082@node Dim
5083@section @code{.dim}
5084
5085@cindex @code{dim} directive
5086@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5087@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5088This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5089information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5090@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
5091@ifset BOUT
5092
5093@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 5094@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
5095ignores it.
5096@end ifset
5097@end ifset
5098
5099@node Double
5100@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5101
5102@cindex @code{double} directive
5103@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5104@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5105assembles floating point numbers.
5106@ifset GENERIC
5107The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5108@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5109@end ifset
5110@ifclear GENERIC
5111@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5112On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5113in @sc{ieee} format.
5114@end ifset
5115@end ifclear
5116
5117@node Eject
5118@section @code{.eject}
5119
5120@cindex @code{eject} directive
5121@cindex new page, in listings
5122@cindex page, in listings
5123@cindex listing control: new page
5124Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5125
5126@node Else
5127@section @code{.else}
5128
5129@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5130@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5131assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5132of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5133was false.
5134
3fd9f047
TW
5135@node Elseif
5136@section @code{.elseif}
5137
5138@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5139@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5140assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5141@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5142
252b5132
RH
5143@node End
5144@section @code{.end}
5145
5146@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5147@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5148process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5149
5150@ifset COFF
5151@node Endef
5152@section @code{.endef}
5153
5154@cindex @code{endef} directive
5155This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5156@code{.def}.
5157@ifset BOUT
5158
5159@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 5160@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
5161directive but ignores it.
5162@end ifset
5163@end ifset
5164
5165@node Endfunc
5166@section @code{.endfunc}
5167@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5168@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5169
5170@node Endif
5171@section @code{.endif}
5172
5173@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5174@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5175it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5176conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5177
5178@node Equ
5179@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5180
5181@cindex @code{equ} directive
5182@cindex assigning values to symbols
5183@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5184This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5185It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5186
5187@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5188The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5189@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5190@end ifset
5191
3c9b82ba 5192@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5193The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5194@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5195On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5196but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5197Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5198@end ifset
5199
252b5132
RH
5200@node Equiv
5201@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5202@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5203The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5204the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5205symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5206undefined.
252b5132 5207
01642c12 5208Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5209@smallexample
5210.ifdef SYM
5211.err
5212.endif
5213.equ SYM,VAL
5214@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5215plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5216
5217@node Eqv
5218@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5219@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5220The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5221evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5222the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5223value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5224
5225@node Err
5226@section @code{.err}
5227@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5228If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5229message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5230object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5231
d190d046
HPN
5232@node Error
5233@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5234@cindex error directive
5235
5236Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5237string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5238message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5239@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5240
5241@smallexample
5242 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5243@end smallexample
5244
252b5132
RH
5245@node Exitm
5246@section @code{.exitm}
5247Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5248
5249@node Extern
5250@section @code{.extern}
5251
5252@cindex @code{extern} directive
5253@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5254with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5255all undefined symbols as external.
5256
5257@node Fail
5258@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5259
5260@cindex @code{fail} directive
5261Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5262or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5263than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5264include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5265complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5266
252b5132 5267@node File
14082c76 5268@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5269@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5270
5271@ifclear no-file-dir
5272There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5273that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5274@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5275
5276@subheading Default Version
5277
252b5132
RH
5278@cindex logical file name
5279@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5280This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5281are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5282
5283@smallexample
5284.file @var{string}
5285@end smallexample
5286
5287@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5288recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5289to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5290statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5291old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5292
5293@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5294@end ifclear
5295
14082c76
BW
5296When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5297to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5298
5299@smallexample
5300.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5301@end smallexample
5302
5303The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5304index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5305literal.
5306
5307The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5308table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5309information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5310entries will have.
5311
252b5132
RH
5312@node Fill
5313@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5314
5315@cindex @code{fill} directive
5316@cindex writing patterns in memory
5317@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5318@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5319This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5320may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5321more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5322other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5323is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5324zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5325byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5326Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5327@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5328compatible with other people's assemblers.
5329
5330@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5331If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5332assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5333@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5334
5335@node Float
5336@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5337
5338@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5339@cindex @code{float} directive
5340This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5341has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5342@ifset GENERIC
5343The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5344@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5345@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5346@end ifset
5347@ifclear GENERIC
5348@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5349On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5350in @sc{ieee} format.
5351@end ifset
5352@end ifclear
5353
5354@node Func
5355@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5356@cindex @code{func} directive
5357@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5358is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5359Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5360@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5361prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5362@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5363All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5364The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5365
5366@node Global
5367@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5368
5369@cindex @code{global} directive
5370@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5371@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5372@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5373other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5374@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5375from another file linked into the same program.
5376
5377Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5378compatibility with other assemblers.
5379
5380@ifset HPPA
5381On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5382partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5383@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5384@end ifset
5385
c91d2e08 5386@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5387@node Gnu_attribute
5388@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5389Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5390
c91d2e08
NC
5391@node Hidden
5392@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5393
c1253627
NC
5394@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5395@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5396This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5397@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5398@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5399
5400This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5401their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5402@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5403Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5404@end ifset
5405
252b5132
RH
5406@node hword
5407@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5408
5409@cindex @code{hword} directive
5410@cindex integers, 16-bit
5411@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5412@cindex sixteen bit integers
5413This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5414a 16 bit number for each.
5415
5416@ifset GENERIC
5417This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5418architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5419@end ifset
5420@ifclear GENERIC
5421@ifset W32
5422This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5423@end ifset
5424@ifset W16
5425This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5426@end ifset
5427@end ifclear
5428
5429@node Ident
5430@section @code{.ident}
5431
5432@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5433
5434This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5435behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5436a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5437source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5438for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5439@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5440emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5441
5442@node If
5443@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5444
5445@cindex conditional assembly
5446@cindex @code{if} directive
5447@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5448considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5449(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5450the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5451(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5452alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5453If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5454nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5455
5456The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5457@table @code
5458@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5459@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5460Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5461has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5462is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5463
26aca5f6
JB
5464@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5465@item .ifb @var{text}
5466Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5467
252b5132
RH
5468@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5469@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5470Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5471strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5472the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5473end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5474string comparison is case sensitive.
5475
5476@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5477@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5478Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5479
5480@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5481@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5482Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5483
5484@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5485@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5486Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5487equal to zero.
5488
5489@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5490@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5491Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5492
5493@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5494@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5495Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5496to zero.
5497
5498@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5499@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5500Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5501
26aca5f6
JB
5502@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5503@item .ifnb @var{text}
5504Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5505following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5506
252b5132
RH
5507@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5508@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5509Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5510following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5511
5512@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5513@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5514@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5515@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5516Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5517has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5518which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5519
5520@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5521@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5522Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5523(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5524
5525@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5526@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5527Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5528following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5529@end table
5530
7e005732
NC
5531@node Incbin
5532@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5533
5534@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5535@cindex binary files, including
5536The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5537location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5538option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5539around @var{file}.
5540
5541The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5542@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5543read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5544responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5545after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5546
252b5132
RH
5547@node Include
5548@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5549
5550@cindex @code{include} directive
5551@cindex supporting files, including
5552@cindex files, including
5553This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5554points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5555if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5556included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5557can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5558(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5559around @var{file}.
5560
5561@node Int
5562@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5563
5564@cindex @code{int} directive
5565@cindex integers, 32-bit
5566Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5567For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5568expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5569of target the assembly is for.
5570
5571@ifclear GENERIC
5572@ifset H8
7be1c489 5573On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5574integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
557532-bit integers.
5576@end ifset
5577@end ifclear
5578
c91d2e08
NC
5579@ifset ELF
5580@node Internal
5581@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5582
c1253627
NC
5583@cindex @code{internal} directive
5584@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5585This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5586@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5587@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5588
5589This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5590their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5591@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5592(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5593processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5594@end ifset
5595
252b5132
RH
5596@node Irp
5597@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5598
5599@cindex @code{irp} directive
5600Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5601The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5602terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5603set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5604@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5605@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5606sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5607
5608For example, assembling
5609
5610@example
5611 .irp param,1,2,3
5612 move d\param,sp@@-
5613 .endr
5614@end example
5615
5616is equivalent to assembling
5617
5618@example
5619 move d1,sp@@-
5620 move d2,sp@@-
5621 move d3,sp@@-
5622@end example
5623
96e9638b 5624For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5625
252b5132
RH
5626@node Irpc
5627@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5628
5629@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5630Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5631The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5632terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5633@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5634assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5635assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5636@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5637
5638For example, assembling
5639
5640@example
5641 .irpc param,123
5642 move d\param,sp@@-
5643 .endr
5644@end example
5645
5646is equivalent to assembling
5647
5648@example
5649 move d1,sp@@-
5650 move d2,sp@@-
5651 move d3,sp@@-
5652@end example
5653
5e75c3ab
JB
5654For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5655at @xref{Macro}.
5656
252b5132
RH
5657@node Lcomm
5658@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5659
5660@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5661@cindex local common symbols
5662@cindex symbols, local common
5663Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5664denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5665those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5666section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5667is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5668not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5669
5670@ifset GENERIC
5671Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5672argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5673@end ifset
5674
5675@ifset HPPA
5676The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5677@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5678@end ifset
5679
5680@node Lflags
5681@section @code{.lflags}
5682
5683@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5684@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5685assemblers, but ignores it.
5686
5687@ifclear no-line-dir
5688@node Line
5689@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5690
5691@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5692@cindex logical line number
5693@ifset aout-bout
5694Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5695expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5696statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5697reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5698@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5699for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5700@end ifset
5701
252b5132 5702Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5703@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5704when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5705were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5706@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5707
5708Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5709used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5710debugging.
5711@end ifclear
5712
5713@node Linkonce
5714@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5715@cindex COMDAT
5716@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5717@cindex common sections
5718Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5719This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5720but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5721The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5722Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5723unique.
5724
5725This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5726writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5727Executable format used on Windows NT.
5728
5729The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5730following strings. For example:
5731@smallexample
5732.linkonce same_size
5733@end smallexample
5734Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5735
5736@table @code
5737@item discard
5738Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5739
5740@item one_only
5741Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5742
5743@item same_size
5744Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5745
5746@item same_contents
5747Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5748@end table
5749
ccf8a69b
BW
5750@node List
5751@section @code{.list}
5752
5753@cindex @code{list} directive
5754@cindex listing control, turning on
5755Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5756not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5757internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5758counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5759generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5760
5761By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5762@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5763the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5764
252b5132
RH
5765@node Ln
5766@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5767
5768@cindex @code{ln} directive
5769@ifclear no-line-dir
5770@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5771@end ifclear
5772@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5773Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5774must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5775line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5776statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5777line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5778@ifset BOUT
5779
a4fb0134 5780This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5781configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5782output format.
5783@end ifset
5784@end ifset
5785
ccf8a69b
BW
5786@node Loc
5787@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5788@cindex @code{loc} directive
5789When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5790the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5791number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5792instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5793arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5794the row is added.
252b5132 5795
ccf8a69b
BW
5796The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5797
5798@table @code
5799@item basic_block
5800This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5801@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5802
5803@item prologue_end
5804This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5805@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5806
5807@item epilogue_begin
5808This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5809@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5810
5811@item is_stmt @var{value}
5812This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5813@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5814either 0 or 1.
5815
5816@item isa @var{value}
5817This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5818state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5819
92846e72
CC
5820@item discriminator @var{value}
5821This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5822state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5823
ccf8a69b
BW
5824@end table
5825
5826@node Loc_mark_labels
5827@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5828@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5829When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5830the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5831to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5832register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5833The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5834this function respectively.
252b5132 5835
4d4175af
BW
5836@ifset ELF
5837@node Local
5838@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5839
5840@cindex @code{local} directive
5841This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5842the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5843will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5844they will be created.
5845
5846For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5847accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5848the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5849(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5850@end ifset
5851
252b5132
RH
5852@node Long
5853@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5854
5855@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5856@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5857
5858@ignore
5859@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5860@c what it really ought to do
5861@node Lsym
5862@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5863
5864@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5865@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5866@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5867the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5868rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5869the same as the expression value:
5870@smallexample
5871@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5872@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5873@var{value} = @var{expression}
5874@end smallexample
5875@noindent
5876The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5877@end ignore
5878
5879@node Macro
5880@section @code{.macro}
5881
5882@cindex macros
5883The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5884generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5885@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5886
5887@example
5888 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5889 .long \from
5890 .if \to-\from
5891 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5892 .endif
5893 .endm
5894@end example
5895
5896@noindent
5897With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5898
5899@example
5900 .long 0
5901 .long 1
5902 .long 2
5903 .long 3
5904 .long 4
5905 .long 5
5906@end example
5907
5908@ftable @code
5909@item .macro @var{macname}
5910@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5911@cindex @code{macro} directive
5912Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5913definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5914separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5915indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5916@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5917(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5918macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5919cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5920subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5921definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5922
5923@table @code
5924@item .macro comm
5925Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5926arguments.
5927
6258339f 5928@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5929@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5930Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5931which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5932@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5933
5934@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5935Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5936arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5937After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5938@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5939@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5940,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5941@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5942
6eaeac8a
JB
5943@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5944Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5945arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5946not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5947will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5948
252b5132
RH
5949When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5950position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5951@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5952
6258339f
NC
5953@end table
5954
5e75c3ab
JB
5955Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5956as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5957occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5958characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5959(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5960architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5961character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5962replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5963construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5964identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5965this macro definition:
5966
5967@example
5968 .macro label l
5969\l:
5970 .endm
5971@end example
5972
5973might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5974called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5975assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5976identifier.
5977
5978Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5979which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5980for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5981length specifier like this:
5982
5983@example
5984 .macro opcode base length
5985 \base.\length
5986 .endm
5987@end example
5988
5989and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5990instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5991interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5992
5993There are several possible ways around this problem:
5994
5995@table @code
5996@item Insert white space
5997If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5998solution. eg:
5999
6000@example
6001 .macro label l
6002\l :
6003 .endm
6004@end example
6005
6006@item Use @samp{\()}
6007The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
6008the following text. eg:
6009
6010@example
6011 .macro opcode base length
6012 \base\().\length
6013 .endm
6014@end example
6015
6016@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
6017In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
6018used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
6019
6020@example
6021 .altmacro
6022 .macro label l
6023l&:
6024 .endm
6025@end example
6258339f 6026@end table
5e75c3ab 6027
96e9638b 6028Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 6029also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 6030and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 6031
252b5132
RH
6032@item .endm
6033@cindex @code{endm} directive
6034Mark the end of a macro definition.
6035
6036@item .exitm
6037@cindex @code{exitm} directive
6038Exit early from the current macro definition.
6039
6040@cindex number of macros executed
6041@cindex macros, count executed
6042@item \@@
a4fb0134 6043@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6044executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6045output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6046
252b5132
RH
6047@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6048@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6049macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6050@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6051@end ftable
252b5132 6052
ccf8a69b
BW
6053@node MRI
6054@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6055
ccf8a69b
BW
6056@cindex @code{mri} directive
6057@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6058If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6059@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6060affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6061of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6062
caa32fe5
NC
6063@node Noaltmacro
6064@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6065Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6066
252b5132
RH
6067@node Nolist
6068@section @code{.nolist}
6069
6070@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6071@cindex listing control, turning off
6072Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6073not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6074internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6075counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6076generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6077
6078@node Octa
6079@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6080
6081@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
6082@cindex @code{octa} directive
6083@cindex integer, 16-byte
6084@cindex sixteen byte integer
6085This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6086bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6087
6088The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6089hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6090
9aec2026
NC
6091@node Offset
6092@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6093
6094@cindex @code{offset} directive
6095Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6096be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6097symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6098directive.
9aec2026 6099
252b5132
RH
6100@node Org
6101@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6102
6103@cindex @code{org} directive
6104@cindex location counter, advancing
6105@cindex advancing location counter
6106@cindex current address, advancing
6107Advance the location counter of the current section to
6108@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6109expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6110you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6111wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6112with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6113@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6114is the same as the current subsection.
6115
6116@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6117unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6118backwards.
6119
6120@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6121@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6122@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6123Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6124may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6125a chance to share your improved assembler.
6126
6127Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6128to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6129people's assemblers.
6130
6131When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6132intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6133absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6134@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6135
6136@node P2align
6137@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6138
6139@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6140@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6141Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6142storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6143number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6144advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
6145counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
6146multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6147
6148The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6149padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
6150padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
6151marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6152with no-op instructions.
6153
6154The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6155it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6156directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6157specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6158fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6159required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6160with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6161
6162@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6163@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6164The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6165@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6166pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6167fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
61682,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6169filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6170the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6171undefined.
6172
ccf8a69b
BW
6173@ifset ELF
6174@node PopSection
6175@section @code{.popsection}
6176
6177@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6178@cindex Section Stack
6179This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6180@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6181@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6182(@pxref{Previous}).
6183
6184This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6185section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6186stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6187@end ifset
6188
c91d2e08
NC
6189@ifset ELF
6190@node Previous
6191@section @code{.previous}
6192
c1253627 6193@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6194@cindex Section Stack
6195This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6196@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6197@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6198(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6199
6200This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6201referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6202@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6203subsections). For example:
6204
6205@smallexample
6206.section A
6207 .subsection 1
6208 .word 0x1234
6209 .subsection 2
6210 .word 0x5678
6211.previous
6212 .word 0x9abc
6213@end smallexample
6214
6215Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6216section A. Whilst:
6217
6218@smallexample
6219.section A
6220.subsection 1
6221 # Now in section A subsection 1
6222 .word 0x1234
6223.section B
6224.subsection 0
6225 # Now in section B subsection 0
6226 .word 0x5678
6227.subsection 1
6228 # Now in section B subsection 1
6229 .word 0x9abc
6230.previous
6231 # Now in section B subsection 0
6232 .word 0xdef0
6233@end smallexample
6234
6235Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6236section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6237
6238In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6239the top section on the section stack.
6240@end ifset
6241
252b5132
RH
6242@node Print
6243@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6244
6245@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6246@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6247assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6248
c91d2e08
NC
6249@ifset ELF
6250@node Protected
6251@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6252
c1253627
NC
6253@cindex @code{protected} directive
6254@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6255This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6256@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6257
6258This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6259their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6260@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6261components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6262component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6263this.
c91d2e08
NC
6264@end ifset
6265
252b5132
RH
6266@node Psize
6267@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6268
6269@cindex @code{psize} directive
6270@cindex listing control: paper size
6271@cindex paper size, for listings
6272Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6273number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6274
6275If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6276of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6277default width is 200 columns.
6278
a4fb0134 6279@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6280lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6281@code{.eject}).
6282
6283If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6284those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6285
6286@node Purgem
6287@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6288
6289@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6290Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6291expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6292
c91d2e08
NC
6293@ifset ELF
6294@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6295@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6296
c1253627 6297@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6298@cindex Section Stack
6299This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6300@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6301@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6302(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6303
e9863d7f
DJ
6304This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6305top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6306subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6307@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6308as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6309@end ifset
6310
252b5132
RH
6311@node Quad
6312@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6313
6314@cindex @code{quad} directive
6315@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6316each bignum, it emits
6317@ifclear bignum-16
6318an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6319warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6320@cindex eight-byte integer
6321@cindex integer, 8-byte
6322
6323The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6324hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6325@end ifclear
6326@ifset bignum-16
6327a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6328warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6329@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6330@cindex integer, 16-byte
6331@end ifset
6332
05e9452c
AM
6333@node Reloc
6334@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6335
6336@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6337Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6338@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6339the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6340symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6341@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6342absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6343targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6344relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6345section.
6346
252b5132
RH
6347@node Rept
6348@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6349
6350@cindex @code{rept} directive
6351Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6352@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6353
6354For example, assembling
6355
6356@example
6357 .rept 3
6358 .long 0
6359 .endr
6360@end example
6361
6362is equivalent to assembling
6363
6364@example
6365 .long 0
6366 .long 0
6367 .long 0
6368@end example
6369
6370@node Sbttl
6371@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6372
6373@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6374@cindex subtitles for listings
6375@cindex listing control: subtitle
6376Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6377title line) when generating assembly listings.
6378
6379This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6380it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6381
6382@ifset COFF
6383@node Scl
6384@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6385
6386@cindex @code{scl} directive
6387@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6388@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6389Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6390used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6391whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6392symbolic debugging information.
6393@ifset BOUT
6394
6395The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6396configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6397accepts this directive but ignores it.
6398@end ifset
6399@end ifset
6400
c1253627 6401@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6402@node Section
c1253627 6403@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6404
252b5132
RH
6405@cindex named section
6406Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6407named @var{name}.
6408
6409This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6410named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6411with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6412
c1253627
NC
6413@ifset COFF
6414@ifset ELF
6415@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6416@subheading COFF Version
6417@end ifset
6418
6419@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6420For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6421ways:
c91d2e08 6422
252b5132
RH
6423@smallexample
6424.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6425.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6426@end smallexample
6427
6428If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6429section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6430
252b5132
RH
6431@table @code
6432@item b
6433bss section (uninitialized data)
6434@item n
6435section is not loaded
6436@item w
6437writable section
6438@item d
6439data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6440@item e
6441exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6442@item r
6443read-only section
6444@item x
6445executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6446@item s
6447shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6448@item a
6449ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6450@item y
6451section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6452@item 0-9
6453single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6454@end table
6455
6456If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6457the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6458loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6459from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6460will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6461
6462If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6463taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6464@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6465
6466@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6467@ifset COFF
6468@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6469@subheading ELF Version
6470@end ifset
6471
c91d2e08
NC
6472@cindex Section Stack
6473This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6474@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6475(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6476@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6477
c1253627 6478@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6479For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6480
252b5132 6481@smallexample
7047dd1e 6482.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6483@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6484
451133ce
NP
6485@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6486@kindex --sectname-subst
6487@cindex section name substitution
6488If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6489argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6490at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6491
6492@smallexample
6493.macro exception_code
6494.section %S.exception
6495[exception code here]
6496.previous
6497.endm
6498
6499.text
6500[code]
6501exception_code
6502[...]
6503
6504.section .init
6505[init code]
6506exception_code
6507[...]
6508@end smallexample
6509
6510The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6511@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6512This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6513tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6514need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6515macros just for that purpose.
6516
252b5132 6517The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6518combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6519
252b5132
RH
6520@table @code
6521@item a
6522section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6523@item e
6524section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6525@item w
6526section is writable
6527@item x
6528section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6529@item M
6530section is mergeable
6531@item S
6532section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6533@item G
6534section is a member of a section group
6535@item T
6536section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6537@item ?
6538section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6539@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6540a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6541field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6542also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6543resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6544@item @code{<target specific>}
6545some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6546@end table
6547
9fb71ee4
NC
6548Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6549a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6550flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6551@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6552(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6553section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6554
252b5132 6555The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6556
252b5132
RH
6557@table @code
6558@item @@progbits
6559section contains data
6560@item @@nobits
6561section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6562@item @@note
6563section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6564@item @@init_array
6565section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6566@item @@fini_array
6567section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6568@item @@preinit_array
6569section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6570@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6571a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6572@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6573some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6574@end table
6575
9fb71ee4
NC
6576Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6577enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6578
ececec60
NC
6579Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6580ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6581@code{%} character.
6582
9fb71ee4
NC
6583Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6584special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6585type will generate an error from the assembler.
6586
22fe14ad 6587If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6588be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6589
6590@smallexample
6591.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6592@end smallexample
6593
6594Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6595constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6596@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6597@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6598the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6599absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6600which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6601@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6602@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6603
6604If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6605be present along with an additional field like this:
6606
6607@smallexample
6608.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6609@end smallexample
6610
6611The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6612particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6613
22fe14ad
NC
6614@table @code
6615@item comdat
6616indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6617@item .gnu.linkonce
6618an alias for comdat
6619@end table
6620
96e9638b 6621Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6622the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6623
6624@smallexample
6625.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6626@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6627
01642c12
RM
6628If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6629@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6630present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6631this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6632@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6633If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6634
252b5132
RH
6635If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6636the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6637none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6638executable. The section will contain data.
6639
6640For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6641directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6642
252b5132
RH
6643@smallexample
6644.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6645@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6646
252b5132
RH
6647Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6648separated flags:
eda683bb 6649
252b5132
RH
6650@table @code
6651@item #alloc
6652section is allocatable
6653@item #write
6654section is writable
6655@item #execinstr
6656section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6657@item #exclude
6658section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6659@item #tls
6660section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6661@end table
c91d2e08 6662
e9863d7f
DJ
6663This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6664contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6665some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6666work.
c1253627
NC
6667@end ifset
6668@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6669
6670@node Set
6671@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6672
6673@cindex @code{set} directive
6674@cindex symbol value, setting
6675Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6676changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6677@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6678flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6679
5d239759
NC
6680You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6681values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6682involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6683being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6684addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6685final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6686the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6687different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6688
6689If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6690file is the last value stored into it.
6691
3c9b82ba
NC
6692@ifset Z80
6693On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6694@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6695@end ifset
6696
252b5132
RH
6697@node Short
6698@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6699
6700@cindex @code{short} directive
6701@ifset GENERIC
6702@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6703@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6704
6705In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6706numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6707@end ifset
6708@ifclear GENERIC
6709@ifset W16
6710@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6711@end ifset
6712@ifset W32
6713This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6714a 16 bit number for each.
6715@end ifset
6716@end ifclear
6717
6718@node Single
6719@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6720
6721@cindex @code{single} directive
6722@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6723This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6724has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6725@ifset GENERIC
6726The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6727@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6728@end ifset
6729@ifclear GENERIC
6730@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6731On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6732numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6733@end ifset
6734@end ifclear
6735
c1253627 6736@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6737@node Size
c1253627 6738@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6739
c1253627
NC
6740This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6741
6742@ifset COFF
6743@ifset ELF
6744@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6745@subheading COFF Version
6746@end ifset
6747
6748@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6749For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6750@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6751
6752@smallexample
6753.size @var{expression}
6754@end smallexample
252b5132 6755
c91d2e08 6756@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6757@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6758@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6759ignores it.
6760@end ifset
c1253627 6761@end ifset
c91d2e08 6762
c1253627
NC
6763@ifset ELF
6764@ifset COFF
6765@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6766@subheading ELF Version
6767@end ifset
6768
6769@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6770For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6771
c1253627
NC
6772@smallexample
6773.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6774@end smallexample
6775
6776This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6777The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6778arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6779symbols.
c1253627
NC
6780@end ifset
6781@end ifset
252b5132 6782
252b5132
RH
6783@ifclear no-space-dir
6784@node Skip
6785@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6786
6787@cindex @code{skip} directive
6788@cindex filling memory
6789This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6790@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6791@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6792@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6793@end ifclear
252b5132 6794
ccf8a69b
BW
6795@node Sleb128
6796@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6797
6798@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6799@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6800compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6801symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6802
884f0d36 6803@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6804@node Space
6805@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6806
6807@cindex @code{space} directive
6808@cindex filling memory
6809This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6810@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6811and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6812as @samp{.skip}.
6813
6814@ifset HPPA
6815@quotation
6816@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6817targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6818Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6819@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6820for a summary.
6821@end quotation
6822@end ifset
6823@end ifclear
6824
252b5132
RH
6825@ifset have-stabs
6826@node Stab
6827@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6828
6829@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6830@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6831There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6832All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6833The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6834cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6835Up to five fields are required:
6836
6837@table @var
6838@item string
6839This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6840@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6841debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6842using this field.
6843
6844@item type
6845An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6846this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6847and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6848
6849@item other
6850An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6851low 8 bits of this expression.
6852
6853@item desc
6854An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6855bits of this expression.
6856
6857@item value
6858An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6859@end table
6860
6861If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6862or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6863you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6864compatible with earlier assemblers!
6865
6866@table @code
6867@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6868@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6869
6870The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6871It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6872null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6873strings.
6874
6875The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6876relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6877is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6878assembled.
6879
6880@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6881@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6882The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6883
6884@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6885@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6886All five fields are specified.
6887@end table
6888@end ifset
6889@c end have-stabs
6890
6891@node String
38a57ae7 6892@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6893"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6894
6895@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6896@cindex string8, copying to object file
6897@cindex string16, copying to object file
6898@cindex string32, copying to object file
6899@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6900@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6901@cindex @code{string8} directive
6902@cindex @code{string16} directive
6903@cindex @code{string32} directive
6904@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6905
6906Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6907one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6908particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6909You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6910
01642c12 6911The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6912the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6913copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6914are stored in target endianness byte order.
6915
6916Example:
6917@smallexample
6918 .string32 "BYE"
6919expands to:
6920 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6921 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6922@end smallexample
6923
6924
252b5132
RH
6925@node Struct
6926@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6927
6928@cindex @code{struct} directive
6929Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6930which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6931@smallexample
6932 .struct 0
6933field1:
6934 .struct field1 + 4
6935field2:
6936 .struct field2 + 4
6937field3:
6938@end smallexample
6939This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6940@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6941value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6942use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6943before further assembly.
6944
c91d2e08
NC
6945@ifset ELF
6946@node SubSection
6947@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6948
c1253627 6949@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6950@cindex Section Stack
6951This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6952@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6953@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6954(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6955
6956This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6957section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6958in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6959@end ifset
6960
252b5132
RH
6961@ifset ELF
6962@node Symver
6963@section @code{.symver}
6964@cindex @code{symver} directive
6965@cindex symbol versioning
6966@cindex versions of symbols
6967Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6968within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6969typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6970There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6971into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6972shared library.
6973
79082ff0 6974For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6975@smallexample
6976.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6977@end smallexample
339681c0 6978If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6979being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6980alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6981just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6982permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6983of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6984itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6985have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6986file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6987function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6988the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6989building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6990symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6991nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6992
6993If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6994references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6995reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6996symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6997
6998Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6999@smallexample
7000.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
7001@end smallexample
7002In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 7003the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
7004difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
7005references to @var{name2} by the linker.
7006
7007The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7008@smallexample
7009.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
7010@end smallexample
7011When @var{name} is not defined within the
7012file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
7013@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
7014name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
7015@end ifset
7016
7017@ifset COFF
7018@node Tag
7019@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
7020
7021@cindex COFF structure debugging
7022@cindex structure debugging, COFF
7023@cindex @code{tag} directive
7024This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
7025information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
7026@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
7027definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
7028@ifset BOUT
7029
7030@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 7031@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
7032ignores it.
7033@end ifset
7034@end ifset
7035
7036@node Text
7037@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7038
7039@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7040Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7041the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7042expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7043is used.
7044
7045@node Title
7046@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7047
7048@cindex @code{title} directive
7049@cindex listing control: title line
7050Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7051source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7052
7053This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7054it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7055
c1253627 7056@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7057@node Type
c1253627
NC
7058@section @code{.type}
7059
7060This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7061
7062@ifset COFF
7063@ifset ELF
7064@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7065@subheading COFF Version
7066@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7067
7068@cindex COFF symbol type
7069@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7070@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7071For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7072@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7073
7074@smallexample
7075.type @var{int}
7076@end smallexample
7077
7078This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7079entry.
252b5132 7080
c91d2e08 7081@ifset BOUT
252b5132 7082@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 7083@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
7084directive but ignores it.
7085@end ifset
c1253627 7086@end ifset
c91d2e08 7087
c1253627
NC
7088@ifset ELF
7089@ifset COFF
7090@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7091@subheading ELF Version
7092@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7093
7094@cindex ELF symbol type
7095@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7096@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7097For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7098
7099@smallexample
7100.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7101@end smallexample
7102
7103This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7104function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7105supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7106compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7107
7108Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7109@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7110below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7111the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7112maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7113assemblers.
7114
7115The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7116
7117@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7118 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7119 .type <name>,#<type>
7120 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7121 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7122 .type <name>,"<type>"
7123@end smallexample
7124
7125The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7126
5671778d
NC
7127@table @gcctabopt
7128@item STT_FUNC
7129@itemx function
7130Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7131
d8045f23
NC
7132@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7133@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7134Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7135processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7136
5671778d
NC
7137@item STT_OBJECT
7138@itemx object
7139Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7140
7141@item STT_TLS
7142@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7143Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7144
7145@item STT_COMMON
7146@itemx common
7147Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7148
7149@item STT_NOTYPE
7150@itemx notype
7151Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7152
3e7a7d11
NC
7153@item gnu_unique_object
7154Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7155will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7156name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7157systems).
3e7a7d11 7158
5671778d
NC
7159@end table
7160
7161Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7162
c1253627
NC
7163@end ifset
7164@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7165
7166@node Uleb128
7167@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7168
7169@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7170@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7171compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7172symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7173
7174@ifset COFF
7175@node Val
7176@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7177
7178@cindex @code{val} directive
7179@cindex COFF value attribute
7180@cindex value attribute, COFF
7181This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7182records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7183entry.
7184@ifset BOUT
7185
a4fb0134 7186@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
7187configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
7188@end ifset
7189@end ifset
7190
2e13b764 7191@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7192@node Version
7193@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7194
c1253627 7195@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7196This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7197formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7198@end ifset
2e13b764 7199
c91d2e08
NC
7200@ifset ELF
7201@node VTableEntry
7202@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7203
653cfe85 7204@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7205This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7206@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7207
c91d2e08
NC
7208@node VTableInherit
7209@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7210
653cfe85 7211@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7212This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7213@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7214parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7215parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7216@end ifset
2e13b764 7217
d190d046
HPN
7218@node Warning
7219@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7220@cindex warning directive
7221Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7222(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7223
c91d2e08
NC
7224@node Weak
7225@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7226
c1253627 7227@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7228This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7229@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7230
01642c12 7231On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7232directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7233@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7234
977cdf5a 7235On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7236When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7237alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7238
06e77878
AO
7239@node Weakref
7240@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7241
7242@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7243This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7244be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7245If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7246will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7247symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7248
7249The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7250assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7251symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7252resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7253had the references to the alias removed.
7254
7255The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7256within the assembler.
7257
252b5132
RH
7258@node Word
7259@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7260
7261@cindex @code{word} directive
7262This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7263separated by commas.
7264@ifclear GENERIC
7265@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7266For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7267@end ifset
7268@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7269For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7270@end ifset
7271@end ifclear
7272@ifset GENERIC
7273
7274The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7275depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7276@end ifset
7277
7278@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
7279@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7280@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7281@cindex difference tables altered
7282@cindex altered difference tables
7283@quotation
7284@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7285@end quotation
7286
7287@ifset GENERIC
7288Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7289addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7290interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7291@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7292
7293@end ifset
7294In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7295@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7296Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7297compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7298directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7299@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7300creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7301This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7302first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7303of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7304table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7305contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7306@code{sym2}.
7307
7308If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7309secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7310@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7311long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7312and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7313minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7314entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7315
7316@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7317@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7318@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7319assembly language programmers.
7320@end ifset
7321@end ifset
7322@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7323
7ce98c16
NC
7324@ifclear no-space-dir
7325@node Zero
7326@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7327
7328@cindex @code{zero} directive
7329@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7330This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7331expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7332so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7333instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7334@end ifclear
7335
252b5132
RH
7336@node Deprecated
7337@section Deprecated Directives
7338
7339@cindex deprecated directives
7340@cindex obsolescent directives
7341One day these directives won't work.
7342They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7343@table @t
7344@item .abort
7345@item .line
7346@end table
7347
3a99f02f
DJ
7348@ifset ELF
7349@node Object Attributes
7350@chapter Object Attributes
7351@cindex object attributes
7352
7353@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7354into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7355Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7356point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7357requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7358passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7359hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7360generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7361newer generation at run-time.
7362
7363This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7364@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7365time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7366correctly.
7367
7368Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7369attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7370string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7371and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7372or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7373attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7374
7375Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7376The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7377
7378@menu
7379* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7380* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7381@end menu
7382
7383@node GNU Object Attributes
7384@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7385
7386The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7387with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7388
7389Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7390its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7391an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
73922} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7393architecture-dependent ones.
7394
7395@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7396
7397These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7398
7399@table @r
7400@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7401The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7402the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7403then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7404than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7405arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7406@end table
7407
7408@subsection MIPS Attributes
7409
7410@table @r
7411@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7412The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7413
7414@itemize @bullet
7415@item
74160 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7417@item
f179c512
MF
74181 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7419double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7420@item
74212 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7422@item
74233 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7424@item
f179c512
MF
74254 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7426floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7427number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7428@item
74295 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7430with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7431general-purpose registers.
7432@item
74336 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7434registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7435@item
74367 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7437registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7438direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7439@end itemize
7440@end table
7441
7442@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7443
7444@table @r
7445@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7446The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7447
7448@itemize @bullet
7449@item
74500 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7451@item
3c7b9897 74521 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7453@item
74542 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7455@item
74563 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7457@end itemize
7458
7459@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7460The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7461
7462@itemize @bullet
7463@item
74640 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7465@item
74661 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7467@item
74682 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7469@item
74703 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7471@end itemize
7472@end table
7473
643f7afb
AK
7474@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7475
7476@table @r
7477@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7478The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7479
7480@itemize @bullet
7481@item
74820 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7483@item
74841 for files using software vector ABI.
7485@item
74862 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7487@end itemize
7488@end table
7489
3a99f02f
DJ
7490@node Defining New Object Attributes
7491@section Defining New Object Attributes
7492
7493If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7494will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7495mailing list.
7496
7497@itemize @bullet
7498@item
7499This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7500@item
7501The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7502@item
7503The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7504and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7505@item
7506Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7507@item
7508@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7509@item
7510GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7511@end itemize
7512
7513@end ifset
7514
252b5132
RH
7515@ifset GENERIC
7516@node Machine Dependencies
7517@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7518
7519@cindex machine dependencies
7520The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7521each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7522vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7523directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7524assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7525@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7526optimization.
7527
7528This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7529include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7530subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7531
7532@menu
a06ea964
NC
7533@ifset AARCH64
7534* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7535@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7536@ifset ALPHA
7537* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7538@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7539@ifset ARC
7540* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7541@end ifset
7542@ifset ARM
7543* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7544@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7545@ifset AVR
7546* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7547@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7548@ifset Blackfin
7549* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7550@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7551@ifset CR16
7552* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7553@end ifset
8bf549a8 7554@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7555* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7556@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7557@ifset D10V
7558* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7559@end ifset
7560@ifset D30V
7561* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7562@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7563@ifset EPIPHANY
7564* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7565@end ifset
252b5132 7566@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7567* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7568@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7569@ifset HPPA
7570* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7571@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7572@ifset I370
7573* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7574@end ifset
252b5132 7575@ifset I80386
55b62671 7576* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7577@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7578@ifset I860
7579* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7580@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7581@ifset I960
7582* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7583@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7584@ifset IA64
7585* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7586@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7587@ifset IP2K
7588* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7589@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7590@ifset LM32
7591* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7592@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7593@ifset M32C
7594* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7595@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7596@ifset M32R
7597* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7598@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7599@ifset M680X0
7600* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7601@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7602@ifset M68HC11
7603* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7604@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7605@ifset METAG
7606* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7607@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7608@ifset MICROBLAZE
7609* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7610@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7611@ifset MIPS
7612* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7613@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7614@ifset MMIX
7615* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7616@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7617@ifset MSP430
7618* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7619@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7620@ifset NDS32
7621* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7622@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7623@ifset NIOSII
7624* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7625@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7626@ifset NS32K
7627* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7628@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7629@ifset PDP11
7630* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7631@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7632@ifset PJ
7633* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7634@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7635@ifset PPC
7636* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7637@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7638@ifset PRU
7639* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7640@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7641@ifset RL78
7642* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7643@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7644@ifset RISCV
7645* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7646@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7647@ifset RX
7648* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7649@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7650@ifset S390
7651* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7652@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7653@ifset SCORE
7654* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7655@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7656@ifset SH
7657* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7658* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
7659@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7660@ifset SPARC
7661* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7662@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7663@ifset TIC54X
7664* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7665@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7666@ifset TIC6X
7667* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7668@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7669@ifset TILEGX
7670* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7671@end ifset
7672@ifset TILEPRO
7673* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7674@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7675@ifset V850
7676* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7677@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7678@ifset VAX
7679* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7680@end ifset
7681@ifset VISIUM
7682* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7683@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7684@ifset XGATE
7685* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7686@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7687@ifset XSTORMY16
7688* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7689@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7690@ifset XTENSA
7691* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7692@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7693@ifset Z80
7694* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7695@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7696@ifset Z8000
7697* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7698@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7699@end menu
7700
7701@lowersections
7702@end ifset
7703
7704@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7705@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7706@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7707@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7708@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7709@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7710@c in both conditional blocks.
7711
a06ea964
NC
7712@ifset AARCH64
7713@include c-aarch64.texi
7714@end ifset
7715
625e1353
RH
7716@ifset ALPHA
7717@include c-alpha.texi
7718@end ifset
7719
7720@ifset ARC
7721@include c-arc.texi
7722@end ifset
7723
252b5132
RH
7724@ifset ARM
7725@include c-arm.texi
7726@end ifset
7727
8473f7a4
DC
7728@ifset AVR
7729@include c-avr.texi
7730@end ifset
7731
3b4e1885 7732@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7733@include c-bfin.texi
7734@end ifset
7735
3d3d428f
NC
7736@ifset CR16
7737@include c-cr16.texi
7738@end ifset
7739
328eb32e
HPN
7740@ifset CRIS
7741@include c-cris.texi
7742@end ifset
7743
c2dcd04e 7744@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7745@ifclear GENERIC
7746@node Machine Dependencies
7747@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7748
c2dcd04e 7749The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7750and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7751chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7752family.
7753
7754@menu
c2dcd04e 7755* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7756* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7757@end menu
7758@lowersections
7759@end ifclear
7760@end ifset
7761
7762@ifset D10V
7763@include c-d10v.texi
7764@end ifset
7765
7766@ifset D30V
7767@include c-d30v.texi
7768@end ifset
7769
cfb8c092
NC
7770@ifset EPIPHANY
7771@include c-epiphany.texi
7772@end ifset
7773
252b5132
RH
7774@ifset H8/300
7775@include c-h8300.texi
7776@end ifset
7777
252b5132
RH
7778@ifset HPPA
7779@include c-hppa.texi
7780@end ifset
7781
5b93d8bb
AM
7782@ifset I370
7783@include c-i370.texi
7784@end ifset
7785
252b5132
RH
7786@ifset I80386
7787@include c-i386.texi
7788@end ifset
7789
e3308d0d
JE
7790@ifset I860
7791@include c-i860.texi
7792@end ifset
7793
252b5132
RH
7794@ifset I960
7795@include c-i960.texi
7796@end ifset
7797
9e32ca89
NC
7798@ifset IA64
7799@include c-ia64.texi
7800@end ifset
7801
a40cbfa3
NC
7802@ifset IP2K
7803@include c-ip2k.texi
7804@end ifset
7805
84e94c90
NC
7806@ifset LM32
7807@include c-lm32.texi
7808@end ifset
7809
49f58d10
JB
7810@ifset M32C
7811@include c-m32c.texi
7812@end ifset
7813
ec694b89
NC
7814@ifset M32R
7815@include c-m32r.texi
7816@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7817
7818@ifset M680X0
7819@include c-m68k.texi
7820@end ifset
7821
60bcf0fa
NC
7822@ifset M68HC11
7823@include c-m68hc11.texi
7824@end ifset
7825
a3c62988
NC
7826@ifset METAG
7827@include c-metag.texi
7828@end ifset
7829
01642c12 7830@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7831@include c-microblaze.texi
7832@end ifset
7833
252b5132
RH
7834@ifset MIPS
7835@include c-mips.texi
7836@end ifset
7837
3c3bdf30
NC
7838@ifset MMIX
7839@include c-mmix.texi
7840@end ifset
7841
2469cfa2
NC
7842@ifset MSP430
7843@include c-msp430.texi
7844@end ifset
7845
35c08157
KLC
7846@ifset NDS32
7847@include c-nds32.texi
7848@end ifset
7849
36591ba1
SL
7850@ifset NIOSII
7851@include c-nios2.texi
7852@end ifset
7853
252b5132
RH
7854@ifset NS32K
7855@include c-ns32k.texi
7856@end ifset
7857
e135f41b
NC
7858@ifset PDP11
7859@include c-pdp11.texi
7860@end ifset
7861
041dd5a9
ILT
7862@ifset PJ
7863@include c-pj.texi
7864@end ifset
7865
418c1742
MG
7866@ifset PPC
7867@include c-ppc.texi
7868@end ifset
7869
93f11b16
DD
7870@ifset PRU
7871@include c-pru.texi
7872@end ifset
7873
99c513f6
DD
7874@ifset RL78
7875@include c-rl78.texi
7876@end ifset
7877
4f7eddc4
PD
7878@ifset RISCV
7879@include c-riscv.texi
7880@end ifset
7881
046d31c2
NC
7882@ifset RX
7883@include c-rx.texi
7884@end ifset
7885
11c19e16
MS
7886@ifset S390
7887@include c-s390.texi
7888@end ifset
7889
c0157db4
NC
7890@ifset SCORE
7891@include c-score.texi
7892@end ifset
7893
252b5132
RH
7894@ifset SH
7895@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7896@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7897@end ifset
7898
7899@ifset SPARC
7900@include c-sparc.texi
7901@end ifset
7902
39bec121
TW
7903@ifset TIC54X
7904@include c-tic54x.texi
7905@end ifset
7906
40b36596
JM
7907@ifset TIC6X
7908@include c-tic6x.texi
7909@end ifset
7910
aa137e4d
NC
7911@ifset TILEGX
7912@include c-tilegx.texi
7913@end ifset
7914
7915@ifset TILEPRO
7916@include c-tilepro.texi
7917@end ifset
7918
b6605ddd
EB
7919@ifset V850
7920@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7921@end ifset
7922
7923@ifset VAX
7924@include c-vax.texi
7925@end ifset
7926
b6605ddd
EB
7927@ifset VISIUM
7928@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7929@end ifset
7930
f6c1a2d5
NC
7931@ifset XGATE
7932@include c-xgate.texi
7933@end ifset
7934
6753e72f
NC
7935@ifset XSTORMY16
7936@include c-xstormy16.texi
7937@end ifset
7938
e0001a05
NC
7939@ifset XTENSA
7940@include c-xtensa.texi
7941@end ifset
7942
b6605ddd
EB
7943@ifset Z80
7944@include c-z80.texi
7945@end ifset
7946
7947@ifset Z8000
7948@include c-z8k.texi
7949@end ifset
7950
252b5132
RH
7951@ifset GENERIC
7952@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7953@raisesections
7954@end ifset
7955
7956@node Reporting Bugs
7957@chapter Reporting Bugs
7958@cindex bugs in assembler
7959@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7960
a4fb0134 7961Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7962
7963Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7964not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7965entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7966Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7967
7968In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7969information that enables us to fix the bug.
7970
7971@menu
7972* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7973* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7974@end menu
7975
7976@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7977@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7978@cindex bug criteria
7979
7980If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7981
7982@itemize @bullet
7983@cindex fatal signal
7984@cindex assembler crash
7985@cindex crash of assembler
7986@item
7987If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7988@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7989
7990@cindex error on valid input
7991@item
a4fb0134 7992If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7993
7994@cindex invalid input
7995@item
a4fb0134 7996If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7997is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7998be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7999
8000@item
8001If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 8002of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
8003@end itemize
8004
8005@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 8006@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
8007@cindex bug reports
8008@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
8009
8010A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 8011you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
8012contact that organization first.
8013
8014You can find contact information for many support companies and
8015individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8016distribution.
8017
ad22bfe8 8018@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8019In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8020to @value{BUGURL}.
8021@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8022
8023The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8024@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8025fact or leave it out, state it!
8026
8027Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8028and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8029name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8030not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8031happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8032perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8033the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8034give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8035and the most helpful.
8036
8037Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8038it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8039that the bug has not been reported previously.
8040
8041Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8042bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8043respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8044You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8045
8046To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8047
8048@itemize @bullet
8049@item
a4fb0134 8050The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8051it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8052
8053Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8054the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8055
8056@item
a4fb0134 8057Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8058
8059@item
8060The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8061version number.
8062
8063@item
a4fb0134 8064What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8065``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8066
8067@item
8068The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8069observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8070all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8071
8072If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8073and then we might not encounter the bug.
8074
8075@item
8076A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8077the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8078high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8079when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8080the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8081file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8082@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8083
8084@item
8085A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8086incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8087
a4fb0134 8088Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8089will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8090notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8091make a mistake.
8092
8093Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8094explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8095@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8096library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8097would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8098would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8099expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8100observations.
8101
8102@item
a4fb0134 8103If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8104diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8105option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8106discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8107by line number.
8108
8109The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8110sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8111@end itemize
8112
8113Here are some things that are not necessary:
8114
8115@itemize @bullet
8116@item
8117A description of the envelope of the bug.
8118
8119Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8120which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8121changes will not affect it.
8122
8123This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8124will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8125with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8126We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8127
8128Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8129of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8130output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8131less time, and so on.
8132
8133However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8134report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8135
8136@item
8137A patch for the bug.
8138
8139A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8140the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8141a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8142to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8143
a4fb0134 8144Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8145construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8146the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8147one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8148
8149And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8150patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8151help us to understand.
8152
8153@item
8154A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8155
8156Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8157things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8158@end itemize
8159
8160@node Acknowledgements
8161@chapter Acknowledgements
8162
653cfe85 8163If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8164it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8165maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8166@c (October 2012),
8167the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8168
8169Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8170more details?}
8171
8172Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8173information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8174extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8175
8176K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8177many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8178up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8179testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8180including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8181and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8182support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8183port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8184file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8185assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8186
8187Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8188in format-specific I/O modules.
8189
8190The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8191has done much work with it since.
8192
8193The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8194
8195Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8196
8197The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8198University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8199
8200Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8201(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8202(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8203support a.out format.
8204
7be1c489
AM
8205Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8206tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8207Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8208use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8209targets.
8210
8211John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8212simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8213updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8214fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8215remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8216cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8217required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8218
8219Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
822068k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8221added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8222PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8223
653cfe85 8224Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8225
8226Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8227
8228Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8229along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8230formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8231the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8232
8233Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8234Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8235Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8236Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8237and some initial 64-bit support).
8238
c1253627 8239Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8240
252b5132
RH
8241Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8242support for openVMS/Alpha.
8243
39bec121
TW
8244Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8245flavors.
8246
e0001a05 8247David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8248Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8249
252b5132
RH
8250Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8251configuration enhancements.
8252
84e94c90
NC
8253Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8254
252b5132
RH
8255Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8256you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8257want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8258intentionally leaving anyone out.
8259
793c5807
NC
8260@node GNU Free Documentation License
8261@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8262@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8263
370b66a1
CD
8264@node AS Index
8265@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8266
8267@printindex cp
8268
252b5132
RH
8269@bye
8270@c Local Variables:
8271@c fill-column: 79
8272@c End:
This page took 1.884753 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.